Anda di halaman 1dari 228

PowerLogic ION8600

Metering & Control Device


User Guide
May 2007

Notices
Danger
Thissymbolindicatesthepresenceofdangerousvoltagewithinand
outsidetheproductenclosurethatmayconstituteariskofelectric
shock,seriousinjuryordeathtopersonsifproperprecautionsarenot
followed.
Caution
Thissymbolalertstheusertothepresenceofhazardsthatmaycause
minorormoderateinjurytopersons,damagetopropertyordamage
tothedeviceitself,ifproperprecautionsarenotfollowed.
Note
Thissymboldirectstheusersattentiontoimportantinstallation,
operatingandmaintenanceinstructions.

Installation Considerations
InstallationandmaintenanceoftheION8600metershouldonlybeperformedby
qualified,competentpersonnelthathaveappropriatetrainingandexperience
withhighvoltageandcurrentdevices.Themetermustbeinstalledinaccordance
withalllocalandnationalelectricalcodes.

DANGER
Failure to observe the following instructions may result in severe injury or death.

DuringnormaloperationoftheION8600meter,hazardousvoltagesarepresent
onitsblades,andthroughouttheconnectedpotentialtransformer(PT),current
transformer(CT),digital(status)input,controlpowerandexternalI/Ocircuits.
PTandCTsecondarycircuitsarecapableofgeneratinglethalvoltagesand
currentswiththeirprimarycircuitenergized.Followstandardsafety
precautionswhileperforminganyinstallationorservicework(i.e.removingPT
fuses,shortingCTsecondaries,etc.).
Thebladesonthemeterbaseshouldnotbeuseraccessibleafterinstallation.
Donotusedigitaloutputdevicesforprimaryprotectionfunctions.These
includeapplicationswherethedevicesperformenergylimitingfunctionsor
provideprotectionofpeoplefrominjury.DonotusetheION8600insituations
wherefailureofthedevicescancauseinjuryordeath,orcausesufficientenergy
tobereleasedthatcanstartafire.Themetercanbeusedforsecondary
protectionfunctions.
DonotHIPOT/Dielectrictestthedigital(status)inputs,digitaloutputs,or
communicationsterminals.RefertothelabelontheION8600meterforthe
maximumvoltagelevelthedevicecanwithstand.

CAUTION
Observe the following instructions, or permanent damage to the meter may occur.

TheION8600meteroffersarangeofhardwareoptionsthataffectinputratings.
TheION8600metersserialnumberlabellistsallequippedoptions.Applying
currentlevelsincompatiblewiththecurrentinputswillpermanentlydamage
themeter.
TheION8600meterschassisgroundmustbeproperlyconnectedtothe
switchgearearthgroundforthenoiseandsurgeprotectioncircuitrytofunction
correctly.Failuretodosowillvoidthewarranty.
Terminalscrewtorque:Barriertype(current,voltage,andrelayterminalscrews:
1.35Nm(1.00ftlbf)max.Capturedwiretype(digitalinputs/outputs,
communications,powersupply:0.90Nm(0.66ft.lbf)max.

FCC Notice
ThisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimitsforaClassA
digitaldevice,pursuanttoPart15oftheFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedto
providereasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferencewhentheequipmentis
operatedinacommercialenvironment.Thisequipmentgenerates,uses,andcan
radiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledandusedinaccordancewith
theinstructionmanual,maycauseharmfulinterferencetoradiocommunications.
Operationofthisequipmentinaresidentialareaislikelytocauseharmful
interferenceinwhichcasetheuserwillberequiredtocorrecttheinterferenceathis
ownexpense.TheRingerEquivalenceNumber(REN)fortheION8600optional
internalmodemis0.6.ConnectiontotheION8600internalmodemshouldbe
madeviaanFCCPart68complianttelephonecord(notsupplied).TheION8600
cannotbeusedonapubliccoinphoneserviceorpartylineservices.

Network Compatibility Notice for the Internal Modem


Theinternalmodeminmetersequippedwiththisoptioniscompatiblewiththe
telephonesystemsofmostcountriesintheworld.Useinsomecountriesmay
requiremodificationoftheinternalmodemsinitializationstrings.Ifproblems
usingthemodemonyourphonesystemoccur,pleasecontactSchneiderElectric
TechnicalSupport
MadebyPowerMeasurementLtd.
PowerLogic,ION,IONEnterprise,MeterM@ilandModbusareeithertrademarks
orregisteredtrademarksofSchneiderElectric.Allothertrademarksareproperty
oftheirrespectiveowners.
Coveredbyoneormoreofthefollowingpatents:
U.S.PatentNos7010438,7006934,6990395,6988182,6988025,6983211,6961641,
6957158,6944555,6871150,6853978,6825776,6813571,6798191,6798190,6792364,
6792337,6751562,6745138,6737855,6694270,6687627,6671654,6671635,6615147,
6611922,6611773,6563697,6493644,6397155,6236949,6186842,6185508,6000034,
5995911,5828576,5736847,5650936,D505087,D459259,D458863,D443541,
D439535,D435471,D432934,D429655,D427533.

Table of Contents
Chapter 1

Introduction .................................................................. 9

Chapter 2

Front Panel ................................................................. 19

Chapter 3

Templates and Firmware ............................................. 41

Chapter 4

Basic Setup ................................................................. 47

Chapter 5

Security ...................................................................... 51

Chapter 6

Communications ......................................................... 73

Chapter 7

Third Party Protocols ................................................... 95

Chapter 8

Time ......................................................................... 111

Chapter 9

Demand ................................................................... 117

Chapter 10

Inputs / Outputs ....................................................... 125

Chapter 11

Energy Pulsing .......................................................... 135

Chapter 12

Logging .................................................................... 141

Chapter 13

Revenue ................................................................... 153

Chapter 14

Power Quality .......................................................... 161

Chapter 15

Displays ................................................................... 165

Chapter 16

TEST Mode ............................................................... 177

Chapter 17

Resets ...................................................................... 185

Chapter 18

Alerting .................................................................... 193

Chapter 19

Setpoints .................................................................. 199

Chapter 20

Power Availability .................................................... 203

Chapter 21

Reports .................................................................... 211

Chapter 22

Verifying Accuracy ................................................... 215

Introduction
PowerLogicION8600metersproviderevenueaccurate,trueRMSmeasurements
ofvoltage,current,powerandenergy,andarecomplementedbyextensiveI/O
capabilities,comprehensivelogging,andadvancedpowerqualitymeasurement
andcomplianceverificationfunctions.Themeterscomewithanextensive
selectionofpreconfigureddatascreensandmeasurements,soyoucanusethe
metersoutoftheboxorcustomizethemtofityouruniquerequirements.
ION8600metersgiveyouthetoolstomanagecomplexenergysupplycontracts
thatincludecommitmentstopowerquality.Youcanalsointegratethemeterswith
IONsoftwareorotherenergymanagement,SCADA,automationandbilling
systems,viaInternetcommunicationsandmultipleindustrystandard
communicationchannelsandprotocolsincludingMV90.

In this chapter
ION8600 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ION8600 in Enterprise Energy Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DataDisplayandAnalysisTools ....................................... 11
TheFrontPanel................................................... 12
WebMeterInternalWebServerFeature ............................ 12
MeterM@ilInternalEmailServerFeature........................... 12
XMLCompatibility ............................................... 12
IONEnterpriseSoftware ......................................... 12
IONSetupSoftware ............................................... 13
MV90 ........................................................... 13
CommunicationsMethods ............................................. 13
DigitalandAnalogI/OOptions......................................... 13
OnboardI/O ..................................................... 13
ExpandedI/O .................................................... 14
TheMeterisFactoryConfiguredandReadytoOperate ................ 14
Using this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Symbols......................................................... 15
Terminology ..................................................... 16
PDFDocuments.................................................. 16
GettingMoreInformation ............................................. 17
BeforeYouCanUsethisGuide..................................... 17

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 9

Chapter 1 - Introduction

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

ION8600 Meters
ION8600metersaresuitedtoawiderangeofapplications.Themeterscanbeused
asstandalonedevices,buttheirextensivecapabilitiesarefullyrealizedwhenused
aspartofanenterpriseenergymanagement(EEM)system.TheION8600is
availableinthefollowingfeaturesets:
Model

Feature Set

ION8600A

10MB memory, 50 data recorders (800 channels), waveform


recorders and transient detection

ION8600B

4MB memory, 20 data recorders (320 channels), Modbus Mastering

ION8600C

2MB memory, 2 data recorders (32 channels), sag/swell detection

NOTE
For complete details of the ION8600 meter feature sets, see the ION8600 Datasheet available for
download from the PowerLogic website.

ION8600 Naming Convention


IntheserialnumberandANSIbarcodeareaofthemetersfrontpanelyoucan
viewthefeatureset,formfactorandaswellasanyspecialorderoptionsavailable
withthemeter.
Meter type: ION8600

Feature Set

Voltage Inputs

Frequency

COMMS

P8600A0C0H6E0A0A
Form factor (36S, 35S, 9S...)

Current Inputs

Power Supply

Security
Special Order

I/O Option

Whentherearedifferencesbetweenthemodels(suchasafeaturespecifictoone
model),itisindicatedwiththeappropriatemodelnumber.

Page 10

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 1 - Introduction

ION8600 in Enterprise Energy Management Systems


Applicationsthatincludethemetertypicallyrequireadditionalequipment.
Displayandanalysissoftwaretoolsarealmostalwaysusedtomanage,interpret
anddistributethedatameasuredorloggedbyameter.Thereareusuallyavariety
oftoolsused,andoftenthesetoolsareconnectedusingdifferentcommunications
standardsandprotocols.Inmanycases,ametermustalsoprovidecontrol
capabilitiesanddeviceleveldatasharing.
Themetercanadapttomanysituations.Advancedcommunicationsallowdatato
besharedsimultaneouslyacrossmultiplenetworks,builtinI/Oprovides
monitoringandcontrolcapabilities,andavarietyofdisplayandanalysistoolscan
beusedtomonitoryourpowersystem.

Power System Connections

Data Analysis Tools

Phase voltage, phase current, ground current,


and neutral current from Wye, Delta, or singlephase power systems

- Power Monitoring Network


- Third-Party Software for Modbus,
DNP 3.00, MV90
Corporate Network

Input/Output
- Pulses
- Breaker Status
- Control Signals
- Energy Pulses

On-Site Setup
- 320 by 240 pixel LCD
- ION Setup software
- LED Pulsing

Remote Data
Display
I/O Expander

- Vista
- WebReach

Communications
Internet Connectivity
- RS-232 and high speed RS-485
- Internal Modem
- MeterM@il functionality
- Optical infrared
- WebMeter functionality
- 10 Base-T and 10 Base-FL Ethernet
- XML compatibility
- Interoperability
- Protocols: ION, Modbus Master,
Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, DNP 3.00,
ModemGate (modem to RS-485
gateway), EtherGate (Ethernet to RS-485
gateway), GPS: Arbiter, GPS: True Time/
Datum

Data Display and Analysis Tools


Notonlydoesthemetersfrontpanelallowmeterconfigurationanddatadisplay,
butthemeteralsointegratesseamlesslywithdisplayandanalysissoftware
availablefromSchneiderElectric.IONEnterprisesoftwareisthenetworkand
deviceconfigurationsoftwarethatalsoletsyouanalyzeandmonitoryoursystem
andproducereportsforanydepartmentinanorganization.Furthermore,youcan
usedataacquiredbythemeterinavarietyofthirdpartysystems.IONsoftwareis
designedtomakeuseofalltheavailableadvancedcapabilities.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 11

Chapter 1 - Introduction

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

The Front Panel


Localmonitoringandstandaloneapplicationsarefacilitatedbythemetersfront
panelinterface.Thefrontpanelcombinesrealtimedisplayfeatureswithlimited
deviceconfigurationfunctions.Thefrontpanelisoftenusedincombinationwith
anIONsoftwaresystem,providinganinterfaceforfieldpersonnel.

WebMeter Internal Web Server Feature


AnonboardWebservercombinedwithanEthernetportprovidesquickandeasy
accesstorealtimeenergyandbasicpowerqualityinformationwithoutspecial
software:thisisWebMeterfunctionality.Thebuiltinwebpagesdisplayarangeof
energyandbasicpowerqualityinformationthroughthewebenableddevice;
thesepagesevensupportbasicmeterconfigurationtasks.

MeterM@il Internal Email Server Feature


Configurethemetertoautomaticallyemailhighpriorityalarmnotificationsor
scheduledsystemstatusupdatemessagestoanyone,anywherewithinthefacility
oraroundtheworld.Specifythetypeofeventthattriggersanemailalert,suchas
powerqualitydisturbancesorloggeddataatanypredeterminedinterval,and
haveyourIONsoftwareadministratorprogramthemetertorespondwitha
MeterM@ilmessagewhentheseeventsoccur.MeterM@ilmessagescanbe
receivedlikeanyemailmessageoveraworkstation,cellphone,pager,orPDA.

XML Compatibility
ThemeterscanexchangeinformationusingindustrystandardXMLformat.This
simplemachinereadableformatsupportseasyintegrationwithcustomreporting,
spreadsheet,database,andotherapplications.

ION Enterprise Software


ThecompleteIONEnterprisesoftwarepackageenablesthemetertobepartofa
fullynetworkedinformationsystemwithothermetersandlocalandwidearea
computernetworks.IONEnterpriseisrecommendedforallpowermonitoring
systemswhereadvancedanalysisandcontrolcapabilitiesarerequired.
IONEnterpriseprovidestoolsformanagingyourpowermonitoringnetwork,
loggingdata,analyzingrealtimeandloggeddata,generatingpowersystem
reports,andcreatingcustomfunctionalityatthemeterlevel.
IONEnterprisealsoofferstwowaystoremotelyviewinformationthroughaweb
browser:theWebReachcomponentofIONEnterprise,andMicrosoftTerminal
Services.
WebReachonlyrequiresanURLtodisplayametersrealtimedataandselect
viewsofhistoricalandwaveformdatafromawebbrowser;thereisnoclient
machineconfiguration.WebReachisadatadisplayapplication;thereisno
controlfunctionalityavailablethroughit.
MicrosoftTerminalServicesenablefullIONEnterprisefunctionality,including
controlfeatures.Someclientmachineconfigurationisrequired.

Page 12

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 1 - Introduction

ION Setup Software


IONSetupisameterconfigurationtooldesignedspecificallytoconfigureandtest
meters.IONSetupoffersanintuitivegraphicalinterfaceforperformingbasic
metersetup,installingtemplatesintometers,viewingrealtimeandreset
accumulatedvalues,verifyingmetercalibrationandmeasurements,andsetting
upadvancedsecurity.

MV90
MV90software(byUtilityTranslationSystems)isamultivendortranslation
systemthatcancollectandanalyzedatafromavarietyofdifferentbrandsof
meters.OneoftheuniquefeaturesofMV90isitsabilitytologsomeinformation
comingfromseveraldifferentbrandsofmeters,eachwithuniquedatabase
formats.MV90manipulatesthisdatawithoutextensiveknowledgeofthedevice
oforigin.ThisisdonebyusingTIMmodules;eachTIMmoduleactsasaprotocol
translatorspecifictoadevicetype,anditwillconvertsomepredefineddatafrom
ametertotheMV90databaseformat.TheTIMmoduleusedforIONmetersis
calledTIM_ION.

Communications Methods
Themetercanbeintegratedintovariousindustrystandardnetworks.Datathatis
measuredbythemetercanbemadeavailabletootherdevicesusingtheModbus
Master,ModbusRTU,ModbusTCP,andDNP3.00protocols,aswelltheMV90
translationsystem.Youcanalsoconfigurethemetertoimportdatafromdevices
onthesenetworks.Withtheseadvancedcommunicationsfunctions,themeter
operatesinmostexistingpowermonitoringsystems.Anydatadisplayand
analysissoftwarethatworkswithModbusRTUorDNP3.00deviceswillalso
functionwiththemeter.
ThestandardmeterincludesaselectableRS232/RS485port(thefactorydefaultis
RS232),ahighspeedRS485port,andanIrDAopticalportforcommunications
inthefield.Orderoptionsincludea10BaseTEthernetportor10BaseFLfiber
opticport,anda57.6kbpsinternalmodem(bothFCCandCTR21compliant).
Dependingonthehardwareoptionspurchased,uptofourseparateportscan
communicatesimultaneously.

Digital and Analog I/O Options


Themeterhasdigitalinputsandoutputsforavarietyofapplications.
Additionally,aLEDonthefrontpanelisconfiguredforenergypulsing.An
optionalI/OExpanderproductoptionisalsoavailablefordigitalandanalog
communication.ThereisseparateI/OExpanderdocumentationthataccompanies
thisoption.

Onboard I/O
ThemetercontainsfourFormCdigitaloutputsandthreeFormAdigitalinputs.
TheycanbeusedformonitoringbreakertripsorsendKYZpulsinginformationto
thirdpartysystemequipment.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 13

Chapter 1 - Introduction

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Expanded I/O
TheI/OExpanderoptionextendsthemetersI/Ocapabilities.ThedigitalI/O
ExpandermodelprovidesfourFormAdigitaloutputs,fourFormCdigital
outputs,andeightFormAdigitalinputs.TheanalogI/OExpandermodelreplaces
thefourformAdigitaloutputswithanalogoutputs.

The Meter is Factory-Configured and Ready to Operate


Eventhoughthemeterisfullycustomizable,itisshippedfromthefactorywith
manypreconfiguredfunctions.Onceyouhaveperformedtheinstallationand
basicsetup,allofthebasicmeasurements,energycalculationsandrecording
functionsarereadytooperaterightoutofthebox.Youmayfindthatthefactory
configurationaptlyservesyourpurposes,allowingyoutoforegoadditional
configuration.

Page 14

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 1 - Introduction

Using this Guide


ThisUsersGuideisdirectedatthreetypesofuser:thetypicaluseroroperator,the
systemadministrator,andtheadvanceduser.Youmightnotfitintoanyofthese
groupsdirectly,orperhapsyouarebothanoperatorandanadministrator.These
classificationsareintendedtomakethisguideeasiertonavigatewithrespectto
whichinformationisappropriatetoyourneeds.
Typical User or Operator
Mostuserssimplywanttodisplaythedataprovidedbythefactoryconfigured
meter.Theseuserswantfastaccesstodatathroughthefrontpanel,IONsoftware,
orathirdpartyprotocolsuchasModbusorDNP.
System Administrator or Manager
Someusersneedtomakeminoradjustmentssothattheirmetersfittheirpower
systems:datarecordingintervals,demandsubintervalsandotherparameters
mayneedtobesetbeforethemeterssetupiscomplete.Theseuserswillusethe
frontpanel,orIONsoftwaretochangesettingsinthedevicesoperatingsoftware.
(IONEnterpriseishighlyrecommended.)
Advanced User or Systems Integrator
Advancedusersmaywanttomakeuseoftheflexibilityandpowerprovidedby
thedevicesoperatingsoftware.Theseuserswillneedtobecomefamiliarwiththe
IONarchitecture,andtheIONsoftwaretoolsusedtocustomizethedevices
operation.

Symbols
Thefollowingsymbolsareusedinthismanualtowarnyouabouttheriskof
injury,damagetotheequipment,inconvenienceiftheproperprocedureisnot
followed,oradditionalinformationyoumaywanttoconsider.

CAUTION
This symbol alerts you to things that may cause loss of data, damage to your computer or your device.

DANGER
This symbol alerts you to things that may cause serious injury to a person. Only qualified, properly trained
personnel should perform these procedures.

NOTE
A note provides you with additional information that you might want to consider.

TIP
This symbol draws your attention to information that will help you perform a task more quickly or easily.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 15

Chapter 1 - Introduction

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Terminology
Clear:

Placethemousecursoroverthecheckboxforthespecified
option,thenclickthemousebuttonsothatthecheckmarkis
removedfromthecheckbox.

Click:

Placethemousecursoroverthespecifiedoptionorbutton,
thenpressandreleasethemousebutton.

Double-click:

Placethemousecursoroverthespecifiedoptionorbutton,
thenpressandreleasethemousebuttontwice.

Drag:

Holddownthemousebuttonwhilemovingthemousecursor
totheappropriatelocation,thenreleasethebutton.

Enter:

Typetheinformation,thenpresstheENTERorRETURNkey.

Point:

Positionthemousepointeroverasubmenuormenu
command.Forexample,pointtotheFilemenu.

Press:

Pressthespecifiedkeyorkeycombinationonyourkeyboard,
forexample,pressCTRL+ALT+DEL.

Select:

Placethemousepointeroverthecheckboxforthespecified
option,thenclickthemousebuttonsothatanXorcheckmark
appearsinthecheckbox.
Or:
Placethemousepointeroverthespecifiedboxorbutton,then
clickthemousebutton.

Type:

Typetheinformation.DonotpresstheEnterorReturnkey.

PDF Documents
ThismanualisalsoprovidedinPDF(PortableDocumentFormat)fromthe
PowerLogicwebsite.
UseAcrobatReadertoviewandprintthePDFversionofthemanual.When
printingthemanual,pleaseprinttheentiremanual,includingthecopyrightand
disclaimerstatements.
ThePDFfilesforallSchneiderElectricproductsarealsoavailablefromthe
website.EachSchneiderElectricdevicehasinstallationinformationandausers
guidetoteachyouaboutthefeaturesofyourdevice.
IONmetersareprogrammedusingIONmodulesthatarelinkedtocreate
unlimitedcustomfunctionality.Yourmeterhasmanypreconfiguredmodules
thatprovidemostfunctionalitythatyouneed.Ifyouwanttoextendorcustomize
thefunctionalityofyourmeterconsulttheonlineIONReferenceforgeneral
informationandIONmoduledescriptions.Forinformationonconfiguring
featuressearchthetechnicalnotes.

Page 16

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 1 - Introduction

Getting More Information


AdditionalinformationisavailablefromSchneiderElectric.Checkourwebsiteat
www.powerlogic.com,contactyourlocalSchneiderElectricrepresentative,or
contactSchneiderElectricdirectly(contactinformationisprovidedonthefirst
pageofthisdocument).Documentsthatarerelatedtotheinstallation,operation
andapplicationofthemeterareasfollows:
Installation Guide
Thisbriefguideisshippedwitheachmeter.Itdetailsthemounting,wiringand
basicsetupofthedevice.
Online ION Setup Help
Thisonlinereferencehasindepthinformationoninstallation,setupandsecurity
ofIONSetup.ItalsocontainsdetaileddescriptionsofIONmeterconfigurations
usingtheSetupAssistant.
ION Reference
ThisonlinereferencecontainsdetaileddescriptionsofallmodulesinanION
meter.
ION Enterprise Getting Started Guide
ThisguideexplainstheinstallationandconfigurationoftheIONEnterprise
softwaresuite.
Online ION Enterprise Help
EachIONEnterprisesoftwarecomponenthasanindepthonlinehelpsystem.
Technical Notes
Technicalnotesareavailablefromourwebsite.Thesedocumentsareregularly
updatedwithnewandrevisedcontentandfeatures.
Application Notes
Onlineapplicationnotesofferdetailed,highleveldescriptionsofrealworld
situations,whereSchneiderElectricsIONdevicesandIONsoftwareprovide
beneficialsolutions.

Before You Can Use this Guide


Bythetimeyouarereadytousethisguide,yourmetershouldbeinstalled,basic
setupshouldhavebeenperformed,andcommunications/basicoperationshould
havebeenverified.Iftheunitisnotyetinstalledandoperational,refertothe
InstallationGuidethatshippedwiththemeter.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 17

Chapter 1 - Introduction

Page 18

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Front Panel
ThefrontpaneloftheION8600providesauserfriendlyinterfacefromwhichyou
canviewsystemdataorconfiguremetersettings.Ascrollabledisplayandthree
distinctmodes(NORM,ALTandTEST)provideeasyaccesstoafullrangeof
functionsthroughasimplethreebuttonkeypad.
Thischapterdescribesthefrontpanelandexplainshowtouseittodisplaydata,
performtests,andsetupbasicconfigurationoptions.

In this chapter
Front Panel Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
LEDpulsers ...................................................... 21
Demandresetswitch.............................................. 21
Navigationbuttons ............................................... 21
Opticalport ...................................................... 21
MasterResetbutton ............................................... 22
TESTmodebutton................................................ 23
Display Screen Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Basicoperation(NORMmode) ..................................... 27
ALTmode....................................................... 27
TESTmode ...................................................... 28
Configuring the Meter with the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
AccessingtheSetupMenu ......................................... 29
ReturningtoPreviousSetupScreens ................................ 31
ConfiguringParametersUsingtheNavigationButtons ................ 31
ConfirmingConfigurationChanges................................. 31
SetupMenus ......................................................... 32
BasicSetupMenu ................................................. 32
DemandSetupMenu .............................................. 33
COMPortsSetupMenu ........................................... 33
NetworkSetupMenu ............................................. 35
FormatSetupMenu ............................................... 37
DisplaySetupMenu............................................... 37
SecurityMenu .................................................... 38

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 19

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Front Panel Features


ThefrontpaneloftheION8600includesaliquidcrystaldisplaywithdetailed
graphicsandtext,UpandDownarrowbuttonstoaidinscreennavigationand
basicsetupprocedures,aswellLEDpulserstoaidintestingthemeter.Thissection
outlinesthefeaturesavailableonthefrontpanelofthemeter.

Watt LED

VAR LED

Main display

Status bar

Meter label

Optical port
Demand reset switch

Navigation buttons

ALT/Enter button

Themetersdisplaycanshownumericdatascreens,eventlogs,phasordiagrams,
bargraphsandharmonicshistograms.Asthegraphicaboveillustrates,thedisplay
screenisdividedintotwosections:themaindisplayareaandthestatusbar.
Themaindisplayareapresentsmeterdataandstatusinformation;thestatusbar
providestime,date,phase,quadrant,andmodeinformation.Duringnormal
operation,themaindisplayareaautomaticallycyclesthroughaseriesofseveral
displays.Ifyouprefer,youcanusetheUporDownarrowbuttonstostep
manuallythroughthesedisplays.Bydefault,theautomaticscrollingwillresume
60secondsafteryouhavepressedabutton.

TIP
To adjust the contrast, hold down the Up and Down arrow buttons simultaneously. When the contrast
reaches the desired level, release the buttons.

Page 20

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

LED pulsers
TwoLEDpulserslocatednearthetopofthefrontpanelrepresentWATTtothe
leftandVARtotheright.
TheseLEDsarepreconfiguredforenergypulsing.Theadjacentsmallerinfrared
outputsareconnectedtotheLEDsandpulseatthesamerate.Pulseratescanbe
adjustedbyreconfiguringtheCalibrationPulsermodule;foradetailed
descriptionofLEDpulsersoperation,refertoEnergyPulsingwithLEDson
page 139).

Demand reset switch


Locatedonthefrontofthemetersexternalcoverassembly,theDemandReset
switchresetsthepeakdemandvaluesloggedinthemeter.Thisswitchcanbe
activatedwiththecoveronoroff.WhenthemeterisinTESTmode,theDemand
Resetswitchresetsthetestdemandparameters.
Inmostapplications,theDemandResetswitchissealedwithanantitamper
mechanism;athroughholeintheswitchcanaccommodateeitheranexternalseal
oralockingmechanism.SeeAntiTamperSealingMethodsonpage 71fora
discussionofAntiTampersealing.
TheIONsetupregisterlabeledDemandLockoutTimesetstheminimumtime
allowedbetweenconsecutivedemandresets;themeterignoresanyattemptsto
resetthedemandoutsidetheboundsoftheregister.Thedefaultvalueforthe
DemandLockouttimeis25days.FordetailsontheDemandLockoutTimesetup
register,refertoDemandandPeakDemandModuleOverviewonpage 121.

Navigation buttons
ThenavigationbuttonsaretheUpandDownarrowbuttonsandtheround
Alt/Enterbutton.PressingtheUporDownarrowbuttonstomanuallyscrollback
orforththroughtheavailabledisplaystemporarilyhaltsthedisplayscreens
automaticscrollingfunction.PressingAlt/EntertogglesbetweenNORMandALT
displaymodes.Theautomaticscrollingfunctionrestarts60secondsafterabutton
waslastpressed.
HoldtheAlt/EnterbuttonforapproximatelythreesecondstodisplaytheSetup
menu.Youcanthenusethenavigationbuttonstoviewthedevicesconfiguration
oreditcommunicationsettings.SeeSetupMenusonpage 32forfurther
instructiononmodifyingthedevicesconfigurationusingthefrontpanelbuttons.

Optical port
Anopticalportfacilitatesinfraredcommunicationwiththedevice.Fordetailson
howtoconfigureandusethisport,seeConfiguringtheOpticalPortonpage 82.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 21

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Master Reset button


YoumustremovethemetercoveraswellasitslabeltoaccesstheMasterReset
button;itisapinholelocatedinthelowerleftofthefaceplate(itislabeledEnergy
Resetonsomemeters).Thisbuttonisrecessedtopreventaccidentalactivation.
Forinstructionsonremovingthemetercover,seePerformingaMasterReset
fromthefrontpanelonpage 186.
MASTER
RESET

UsetheMasterResetbuttontodeletemostaccumulatedvaluesandallderived
revenuemeasurementsfromthemeter.
TousetheMasterResetbutton:
1.

Removetheoutercoverassembly.

2.

Usingapencilorsimilarinstrument,pressandholdtheMasterResetbutton
untiltheMasterResetinProgressmessageisdisplayedonthefrontpanel.

CAUTION
After initiating a Master Reset, wait until the Master Reset Completed message appears on the front
panel (or about two minutes, depending on your firmware). This allows the meter to completely reset
parameters. This is especially important if you are powering down the meter after a Master Reset.

Hardware-Locked Meters and Master Reset


Masterresetisnotaccessibleviasoftwareinahardwarelockedmeter,whetherthe
meterisinTEST,ALTorNORMmode.Toperformamasterresetonahardware
lockedmeter,youmustremovethefrontcoverandpressthemasterresetbutton.
Withameterthatisnothardwarelocked,youcanperformaMasterResetvia
software.ItdoesnothavetobeinTESTmode.
Parameters affected by a Master Reset
TheMasterResetbuttonresetsmanyofthedevicesmeasurementsandlogs.The
modethatthemeterisin(NORMmodeorTESTmodeseeModesofOperation
onpage 27)definesthevaluesthatwillbereset.
NORMorALTmode
InNORMorALTmode,thefollowingparametersareresettozero:
EnergyandDemand
PeakDemand
LossCalculation
PowerQualitydisturbancecounters
TimeofUse
Thefollowingarecleared:
EventLog
AllDataRecorders
AllWaveformRecorders

Page 22

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

TESTmode
AllTESTmodeEnergyandDemandmeasurementsaresettozero.

TEST mode button


TheTESTmodebuttonislocatedunderthemetersexternalcoverassembly;it
placesthemeterintoTESTmode.WhileinTESTmode,themeterceases
accumulationofbillablequantities;energyanddemandmeasurementsare
accumulatedinTESTmoderegisters.
TEST
MODE

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

RefertoTESTmodeonpage 28formoredetailsonthismodeofoperation.

Page 23

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Display Screen Types


Thefrontpaneldisplaysmeasurements,configuredsettingsandconfiguration
datainavarietyofforms.Thetypesofdisplayscreensaredescribedbelow.For
informationoncustomizingthedisplayonyourmeter,seeConfiguringFront
PanelDisplaysonpage 167.

The status bar


Thestatusbarrunsalongthebottomofthefrontpaneldisplayandcontains
informationaboutthefollowingsettings:
Dateandtime(in24hourformat).
Voltagephasespresent.Thelabelsandrotationofphasescorrespondtothe
configurationofthepowermonitoringsystem.ABBCisforDeltaconfiguration
(35Sforms),ABCisfourwireWyeconfigurations(9S/36Sforms).
Quadrantwherethesystempowerfactorresides.
Mode(NORM,ALTorTEST).
TimeremainingintheRollingBlockDemandinterval.Iftheintervalhas
countedtozerothelettersEOI(EndOfInterval)appearonthestatusbar.Ifthe
intervaliscountingdownthenatimeremainingindicatorappears.

Main display

Status bar

Numeric displays
AllNORMmodedataandsomeoftheALTmodedisplayscreensusenumeric
displays.Numericdisplaysshowuptofourparametersatatime.Ifnonumeric
valuesareavailableforaparameter,N/Aisdisplayed.

Thefrontpanelautomaticallyscalestheunitsforbasicmeasurements(i.e.voltage,
currentandpowerparameters).Forexample,ameasurementof2,000Wattsis
displayedas2kW.Ameasurementof2,000,000Wattsisdisplayedas2MW.The
metermakestheseconversionsusingyourPTandCTRatios.

Page 24

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Themeteronlyperformstheseautomaticunitsifthemeasurementisderived
solelyfromthePowerMetermodulesoutput.

Nameplate display and event log


NameplatedisplaysandeventlogsappearinALTmodeandareorganizedin
tabularformat.Nameplatedisplaysshowowner,meterandpowersystemdetails:

TheEventLogdisplaysrecenthighpriorityevents.YoumustuseIONsoftwareto
retrieveallloggeddata:

Histogram displays
Harmoniccontentisdisplayedinhistogramformat.The2ndtothe63rdharmonics
(31stontheION8600Cmeter)aredisplayedinthehistogram.Thetotalharmonic
distortion(THD)isdisplayedabovethehistogram.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 25

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Phasor diagram displays


Phaseinformationcanbedisplayedinphasordiagramformat.Phasordiagrams
areaccompaniedbytablesthatshowphase,voltageandcurrentmagnitudes.In
caseswhereaphasevectoristoosmalltoberepresentedgraphically,itisshown
asatableentryonly.

Disk simulator
Thisdisplaysimulatesthebehaviorofamechanicalwatthourmeterindicating
powerreceivedordeliveredbythedirectionofthepulse.

Time and date


Thisdisplayssupportstimeanddateformats,enablingdisplayswithnothingbut
dateand/ortimeand/ortimeremaininginthecurrentinterval.

Time-stamped values
Uptothreetimestampedparameterscandisplayonthesamescreen.The
timestampindicatesthetimethatthedisplayedparameterwaslastupdated.

Page 26

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Modes of Operation
TheION8600hasthreemodesofoperation:NORM,ALTandTEST.BothNORM
andALTaredisplaymodes,providingvariouspowersystemdataandmeter
propertiesscreens.TESTmodeisusedtoperformdiagnosticsandverifythe
meterscalibrationandfunction.

NOTE
If your meter has the optional hardware lock, you must remove the meters cover to put it into TEST mode.
Refer to Meter Security Features on page 52 for more information.

Basic operation (NORM mode)


ThemeterdefaultstoNORMmodewhenpoweredup,andremainsinthismode
untilyoumanuallyswitchtoALTorTEST.

NOTE
You can customize NORM mode display screens and alter the front panels scrolling characteristics by
editing the configuration of the meters Display and Scroll modules refer to Display Setup Menu on
page 37 for more details.

Ifyouhaveameterwithoutthehardwarelock,allofthesettingsavailableinthe
panelSetupmenucanbechangedwhilethemeterisinNORMmode,provided
youhavethecorrectpassword.Ifyouhaveahardwarelockedmeter,onlythe
basiccommunicationsparametersintheCOMSetupmenucanbechangedin
NORMmode.(YoumustenterTESTmodetochangeothermeterparameterson
thehardwarelockedmeterrefertoAdditionalRevenueMeteringSecurityon
page 70formoredetails.)

ALT mode
ALTmodeprovidesscrollingdisplayscreensthatshowpowersystemdata,billing
information(includingextensiveTimeofUsedata)andmeterpropertiessuchas
Nameplateinformation.
ALTmodescreensaredescribedinALTmodedefaultdisplayscreenson
page 172.
Switching to ALT mode
PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoswitchtoALTmode.PresstheAlt/Enterbuttonagain
toswitchbacktoNORMmodeatanytime.Ifnobuttonsarepressed,themeter
automaticallyrevertstoNORMmodeafterfiveminutes.Aswithanymode,
pressinganybuttontemporarilysuspendsdisplayscreenscrolling,allowingyou
topresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstomanuallybrowsetheavailablescreens.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 27

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

TEST mode
TESTmodeistypicallyusedforverifyingmetercalibrationandfunction.The
meterisusuallyreadingdatafromatestpowersupplywhilethesefunctionsare
performed.
AllofthebillingquantitiesthatarerecordedwhenthemeterisinNORMandALT
modewillstopaccumulatingwhenthemeterisswitchedtoTESTmodethedata
issenttospecialTESTmoderegistersinstead.Thevaluesaccumulatedinthesetest
registersaredisplayedonthefrontpanel(andinVistasoftware).
TheregularNORM/ALTmodebillingregistersareunaffectedwhilethemeteris
inTESTmode;accumulationofthisdatacontinuesassoonasyouexitTESTmode.
AlltestregistersareresettozerowhenyouexitTESTmode.
FordetailedinformationonTESTmode,seeSwitchingtoTESTModeon
page 179.

NOTE
The meter will always return to NORM mode when you exit TEST mode, even if you entered TEST mode
from ALT mode.

Page 28

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Configuring the Meter with the Front Panel


Withthemetersfrontpanel,youcannavigatethroughdifferentmenustoperform
basicsetuponyourmeter.

Watt LED

VAR LED

Main display

Status bar

Meter label

Optical port
Demand reset switch

Navigation buttons

ALT/Enter button

Accessing the Setup Menu


ToaccesstheSetupmenu,pressandholdthefrontpanelsAlt/Enterbuttonwhile
themeterisdisplayingpowersystemdata.WithintheSetupmenuisalistofsub
menusthatcontainthemetersconfigurablesettings.Setupmenuitemsare
describedinFrontPanelFeaturesonpage 20.
PresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstonavigatethroughthemenu.Highlighta
menuitemandpresstheAlt/Enterbutton.WhenyouselectanitemfromtheSetup
menu,youwillbepresentedwithanothermenuofthesettingsinthemeter.You
mayneedtopenetrateseverallayersofmenustoaccessthesettingyouwantto
change.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 29

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Thefollowingdiagramshowshowthebuttonsareusedtonavigatethemenus:

ThesettingscontainedintheSetupmenuare:

BasicSetup:

Changesbasicsettingsinthepowermeasurementsystem
configuration.

DemandSetup: RollingBlock/SlidingWindowandThermalDemand
settings.
COM1Setup:

RS232/RS485multiplexedportsetup.

COM2Setup:

Modemsetup.

COM3Setup:

Opticalportsetup.

COM4Setup:

RS485portsetup.

NetworkSetup:

Ethernet/Fiber10BaseTportsetup.

FormatSetup:

Customizesthestyleandvaluesappearingonthedisplay
screens.

DisplaySetup:

Customizesdisplayappearance,updatetime,anddemand
lockouttime.

Security:

Allowsyoutomodifyordisablethepassword,ordisable
meterconfigurationwithawebbrowser.

EachofthesesettingsarediscussedinturninSetupMenusonpage 32.

Page 30

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Returning to Previous Setup Screens


UsetheUporDownarrowbuttonstoscrollthroughthemenuitems.Whenthe
settingyouwanttochangeishighlighted,presstheAlt/Enterbutton.
Toreturntoapreviousscreen,highlighttheRETURNmenuitemandthenpress
theAlt/Enterbutton.

Configuring Parameters Using the Navigation Buttons


UsetheUporDownarrowbuttonstochangethevalue(ifnumeric)orthesetting
(ifenumerated)ofthehighlightedparameter.
Tochangethepositionofthecursor,presstheUporDownarrowbuttonsfor
aboutonesecond.TheUparrowbuttonmovesthecursoronepositiontotheleft,
andtheDownarrowbuttonmovesthecursoronepositiontotheright.Onceyou
havethevalueyouwant,presstheAlt/Enterbuttontoselectit.

NOTE
When setting Ethernet values (IP address, default gateway, etc.), press the Up arrow button to insert
additional digit spaces. Press the Down arrow to remove digit spaces (see Network Setup Menu on
page 35 for more information).

OUT OF RANGE screen


WheneditingnumericdatathenumbersbelowMINandMAXindicatevalidentry
bounds.Ifyouenteravalueoutsidevalidbounds,youwillbepresentedwithan
OUTOFRANGEscreen.Youmaytheneitherreturntotheregisteryouwere
editing,orchoosetoexit.

Confirming Configuration Changes


TheCONFIRMscreenappearswheneveryouattempttochangethemeters
settingsthroughthefrontpanel.Thisallowsyoutoabortanunwanted
configurationchange.Thefrontpanelalsoinformsyouwhenanentryisoutof
range.Ineithercase,youmustpresstheAlt/Enterbuttontoreturntotheprevious
setupscreen.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 31

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Setup Menus
ThefollowingsectionsdescribesettingsfortheDemandSetup,COMSetupand
NetworkSetupmenus.Securitysetupisalsodiscussed.
SetupmenuscanbeaccessedwithIONsoftwareorwiththemetersfrontpanel.

Basic Setup Menu


TheBasicSetupmenuletsyousetvoltsmode,potentialtransformer(PT)and
currenttransformer(CT)ratiosandvariousothersettings(suchasI4andvoltage
andcurrentpolarities)sothatyoucanensurethatyourmeterisadequatelysetfor
yourapplication.
ToaccesstheBasicSetupmenuwiththemetersfrontpanel:
1.

PressandholdtheAlt/Enterbuttononthefrontpanelofthemeter.After
aboutthreesecondstheSetupscreenappears.

2.

UsetheUporDownarrowbuttonstonavigatetotheBASICSETUPmenu.Press
theAlt/Enterbutton.

3.

PresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstonavigatetotheappropriatemenus
(VOLTSMODE,PTPRIMARY,PTSECONDARY,CTPRIMARY,
CTSECONDARY).

Manyofthesettingswillbeconfiguredwhenthemeterisinitiallyputintoservice
(thedevicewillnotoperateproperlyuntilVoltsmodeandPTandCTratiosare
set),butsomesettingsmayneedtobechangedtorefinethedevicesoperation.

NOTE
If you have a hardware-lockable ION8600 meter, you must put the device into TEST mode prior to making
changes to the Basic Setup parameters. For TEST mode information, see TEST mode on page 28.

ThefunctionsofthesetupregistersintheBasicSetupmenuareasfollows:
Basic Setup
Menu Item

Page 32

Default
Value

Function

Volts mode

The power systems configuration and supported Form Factor

PT Primary

120

The Potential Transformers primary winding rating

PT Secondary

120

The Potential Transformers secondary winding rating

CT Primary

The Current Transformers primary winding rating

CT Secondary

The Current Transformers secondary winding rating

I4 Primary

The Current Transformers primary winding rating for I4

I4 Secondary

The Current Transformers secondary winding rating for I4

VA Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on V1

VB Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on V2

VC Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on V3

IA Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Current Transformer on I1

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Basic Setup
Menu Item

Default
Value

Function

IB Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Current Transformer on I2

IC Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Current Transformer on I3

I4 Polarity

NORMAL

The polarity of the Current Transformer on I4

Phase Rotation

ABC

The expected rotation of the voltage phases (ABC or ACB)

Demand Setup Menu


YoucanaccesstheDemandSetupmenuwithIONsoftwareorwiththemeters
frontpanel.
ToviewtheDemandSetupmenuwiththemetersfrontpanel,pressandholdthe
Alt/Enterbutton,andpresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstohighlightDemand
Setup,andthenpresstheAlt/Enterbutton.
TheDemandSetupmenuaccessestheglobalsettingsforalloftherevenuerelated
RollingBlock(SlidingWindow)DemandandThermalDemandfunctionalityin
theION8600meter.ThesettingsprovidedintheDemandSetupmenucontrolthe
timingofthesedemandcalculations.Thefollowingsetupregistersandtheir
defaultsettingsaredisplayed:
Setup Register

Default
Value

Function

SWD SubInterval

900 s

Specifies the number of seconds in the Rolling Block sub-interval

SWD # SubIntervals

Sets the number of sub-interval in the Rolling Blocks

SWD Pred Resp

70

Specifies the speed of the predicted demand output

TD Interval

900 s

Sets the number of seconds in the thermal demand interval

TD Tim Const

90

Sets the rate of the thermal demand output response

NOTE
Refer to Sliding Window Demand Module Settings on page 119 and Thermal Demand Module
Settings on page 120 for complete details about Sliding Window Demand and Thermal Demand
modules.

COM Ports Setup Menu


YoucanaccesstheCOMPortsSetupmenuwithIONSetupsoftwareorwiththe
metersfrontpanel.SeeCommunicationsOptionsonpage 75formore
information.
Tomakechangestocommunicationssettingswiththemetersfrontpanel,hold
downtheAlt/EnterbuttonforthreesecondstoentertheSetupmenu,thenpress
theDownarrowbuttontoselecttheCOMSetupyouwant.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 33

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Dependinguponthecommunicationsoptionsorderedwithyourmeter,the
parametersettingsavailableareasfollows:
Menu Item

Description

COM1 Setup

Settings for the selectable RS-232 or RS-485 communications port.

COM2 Setup

Settings for the internal modem port.

COM3 Setup

Settings for the optical communications port located on the meters front panel.

COM4 Setup

Settings for the COM4 RS-485 port.

Network Setup

Settings for the Ethernet communications port.

NOTE
For hardware-lockable meters, you do not need to be in TEST mode to alter these COM port settings.

Serial COM Settings


Therearethreemainparametersthatyoumustsetorverifyifyourmeteris
connectedtoaserialnetwork(includingmodemcommunications):UnitID,Baud
Rate,andProtocol.

NOTE
Other parameters such as TRANSMIT DELAY, are used in advanced configuration or fine-tuning your system.
Settings for the parameters mentioned above are commonly required to get your meter communicating.

YoucanaccessserialCOMsettingswithIONSetupsoftware,orwiththemeters
frontpanel.TonavigatetotheUnitID,baudrate,andprotocolsettingsusingthe
metersfrontpanel:
1.

PressandholdtheAlt/Enterbuttononthefrontpanelofthemeter.After
aboutthreesecondstheSetupscreenappears.

2.

UsetheUporDownarrowbuttonstonavigatetotheCOMportyouwantto
configure.PresstheAlt/Enterbutton.

PresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstonavigatetoPROTOCOL,UNITIDand
BAUDRATEmenus.

Page 34

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

ThedefaultconfigurationsarelistedinthefollowingCOMSetupmenuforCOM1
(selectableRS232orRS485),COM2(modem),COM3(opticalport)andCOM4
(RS485).
Serial Port

All

Setting

Options
ION, Modbus RTU, Factory, DNP 3.0, GPS Arbiter1, GPS
Arbiter Vorne1, and GPS:TrueTime/Datum1, EtherGate2,

Protocol

Default

ION

ModemGate2

All

Baud Rate

300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600,


and 115200 bps

9600 bps

All

Tran Delay

Transmit delay-the bounds are 0.0 to 1.0 s.

0.01s (10ms)

All

Unit ID

Sets the meter Unit ID;


a unique Unit ID is required for each device (including all
the devices on a ModemGate or EtherGate serial loop)

COM1: Unit ID is based


3
on the serial number.
COM2: 101
COM3: 102
COM4: 103

COM1

Mode or Comm mode

The communications mode selected: RS-232 or RS-485

RS-485

COM1
(RS-232 only)

Flow Control

RTS/CTS or RTS with Delay;


this setting is located in the COM1 Hardware sub-menu

RTS with Delay

COM2

Answer HR Rings

The number of rings during defined answer hours Valid


entries for this register are 0-255 rings; an entry of 0 rings
will disable answering

COM2

Non-Answer HR Rings

The number of rings during defined non-answer hours

See Time Synchronization on page 116 for more details about GPS settings. See also the technical
note Time Synchronization and Timekeeping for further details on using the meters time
synchronization functions.

Refer to Configuring Ethernet Connections on page 83 and Internal Modem Connections on


page 88 for more details.

Unit ID for COM1 is based on the meters serial number. For example, if the serial number is
PA-0009B263-01, the Unit ID is set in the factory to 9263.

Network Setup Menu


Therearetwomainparametersthatyoumustsetorverifyifyourmeteris
connectedtoanEthernetnetwork:IPaddressandSubnetmaskaddress.

NOTE
There are other parameters, such as GATEWAY ADDRESS and SMTP ADDRESS, that are used in advanced
configuration or in fine tuning your system. The parameters discussed here are the most common
parameters required to get your meter communicating.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 35

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Thedefaultconfigurationsforthenetworksettingsareasfollows:
Setting

Description

Default

IP Address

Sets the IP Address for the meter

None

Subnet Mask

Used if subnetting applies to your network


see your Network Administrator to determine if Subnet Mask is
used

None

Gateway

Used in multiple network configurations


see your Network Administrator to determine if Gateway is used

None

SMTP
Address

Sets the IP Address for the SMTP Mail Server that is


configured to forward mail from the meter to the final destination
see your Network Administrator to determine if the SMTP Mail
Server is used

None

SMTP
Timeout

Specifies the connection timeout for the SMTP Server

1 minute

Networksettingscanbeconfiguredthroughthefrontpanel.

CAUTION
Configuring the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway registers incorrectly can cause network
disruptions. See your network administrator for more information.

Typically,yourNetworkAdministratorwillprovideyouwiththeappropriateIP
Addressforthemeter.TheSubnetMaskandGatewaysettingsareonlyrequired
ifyouhavecommunicationsbetweenmultipleEthernetnetworksandif
subnettingisimplemented.
UsetheNavigationbuttonstoeditthevaluesofthenetworksettingssothatthey
matchyoursystemaddresses.Asyouconfigurethenetworkaddresses,thefront
panelautomaticallydiscardsunnecessaryleadingzeroesfromeachthreedigit
grouping.Thehiddenleadingzeroesappear(anddisappearagain)asyoumove
thepositionofcursoracrossthenetworkaddress.

89.123.40. 0 56
Intheexampleabove,thehighlightedzeroisdiscardedassoonasyouchangethe
positionofthecursor.

Page 36

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Format Setup Menu


FormatSetupcontainsthefollowingvaluesthatsetlabelingandformatting
preferences.

Menu Item

Description

Phase Labels

ABC, 123, RWB, RYB, XYZ, or RST

PF Symbol

Power Factor Symbols can be: LD/LG, +/-, or CAP/IND.

Digit Group

Numbers of three digits or greater can be grouped in any of the following


three formats: 1000.0 (no commas, no spaces) or 1,000.0 (commas, no
spaces) or 1 000.0 (no commas, spaces).

Date Format

The date can be expressed in any of three formats: DD/MM/YYYY, YYYY/


MM/DD, and MM/DD/YYYY.

Show DST

You can choose to display Daylight Savings Time (DST) or not.

Volts Decimal,
Current Decimal,
and Power Decimal

You can have voltage, current, and power measurements shown to one, two,
or three decimals of accuracy. The default value is two decimals of accuracy.

Display Setup Menu


YoucanconfigurethefollowingdisplaypreferenceswithinDisplaySetup.
Menu Item
Update Rate

The front panel can update its data from every one to every six seconds. The
default update time is one second.

Contrast

A front panel display contrast level can be set from zero to nine where higher
numbers represent a sharper level of contrast. The default level is five. The
contrast level may be adjusted at any time by pressing and holding down
both Up and Down arrow buttons simultaneously.

Backlight Timeout

This selection allows you to make the backlight turn off automatically after
zero to 7200 seconds (two hours). The default is 300 seconds (five minutes).
If this value is set to 0 (zero), the backlight will always be on.

DMD Lock

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Description

Demand lockout time (in seconds) controls the minimum allowable time
between consecutive demand resets. You may select values from 0 (disabled)
to 5184000 (60 days). The default is 216000 (25 days).

TEST mode TO

If there are no front panel key presses, the meter will exit TEST mode
automatically; the TEST mode time-out setting defines how long the meter
remains in TEST mode before switching to norm mode. While in TEST mode,
the value on the bottom right of the status bar indicates the amount of time
before TEST mode times out. The default TEST mode time-out value is 30
minutes.

Display Scale

Scale applied to values before they are displayed. Default is 1000.

Scaling Mode

Specifies whether values are divided or multiplied by the Display Scale before being
displayed. Default is Divide.

Delta Vectors

Specifies how vector diagrams are displayed when in Delta mode. Default setting is
Instrument.

Page 37

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Security Menu
ThesettingsinthefrontpanelSecuritymenuitemallowyouto:
modifytheexistingmeterpasswordorresetittothefactorydefault.
disablethepasswordsecuritycheck.
enablewebbrowserconfigurationonthemeter.
YourequirethevalidpasswordtoentertheSecuritySettingsmenu.Thedefault
passwordis0(zero).
SeeMeterSecurityFeaturesonpage 52formoredetails.

NOTE
The password enables users to change the configuration of the meter. It is recommended that you change
your password from the default when you put the meter into service

Ifyouhavenotyetenteredyourpassword,themetersfrontpanelrequiresthat
youenteritbeforeyoucanviewtheSecuritySetupmenu.UsetheNavigation
buttonstoenternumericaldata.Ifyouenteranincorrectpassword,thefrontpanel
willdisplayaninvalidpasswordmessageandyouwillhavetotryagain.
Modify Password Sub-Menu
Usethissubmenutochangethepassword,ortoresetthepasswordtothefactory
default(0).
FromthemetersfrontpanelselectSECURITY,thenMODIFYPASSWORD.Twochoices
appear:MODIFYPASSWORDorFACTORYDEFAULT.UsetheUpbuttontoselect
MODIFYPASSWORD,ortheDownbuttontoselectFACTORYDEFAULT.
Changingapassword
Tochangethevalueofahighlighteddigit,usetheUporDownarrowbuttons.
Tochangethepositionofthecursoronespacetotheleft,presstheUparrow
buttonforaboutonesecond.
Tochangethepositionofthecursoronespacetotheright,presstheDown
arrowbuttonforaboutonesecond.
WhenthecorrectpasswordisdisplayedpressAlt/Enter.
Disable Security Sub-Menu
Usethissubmenutoenableanddisablepasswordsecurityonthemeter.
Disablingthepasswordallowschangestoallthemeterssettingsthroughthefront
panelwithoutasecuritycheck.

CAUTION
Non-secure access to critical settings in the meter, such as PT and CT ratios, is not advisable. It is highly
recommended that any meters in the field have the password security check enabled.

Page 38

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Whenyoureenablepasswordsecurity,thepasswordisresettothefactorydefault
of0(zero).Youshouldreenteracustompasswordatthispoint.
DisablingthePasswordSecurityCheckisnecessarytowritetothemeterwhenit
isaModbusSlavedevice.RefertoTheMeterasModbusSlaveonpage 97for
detailsaboutconfiguringyourmeterforthirdpartysystems.
Web Config
Usethissettingtoenable/disablewebbrowserconfigurationofthemeter.See
EnablingandDisablingWebConfigAccessonpage 56formoredetails.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 39

Chapter 2 - Front Panel

Page 40

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Templates and Firmware


Yourmetercomesinstalledwithapreconfigureddefaulttemplate.Thistemplate
containsvariousframeworkswhichprovideallthepowermeasuringand
analyzingfunctionalityofthemeter.Templatesandframeworkscanbeused
immediatelywithoutanyuserconfiguration(rightoutofthebox).Theycanalso
becustomized,reconfigured,andpastedfromonemetertoanother.
Formoreinformationontemplates,frameworksandIONmodules,seethe
ION Reference.
Yourmetersoperatingsystemisknownasfirmware.Whennewerfirmwareis
availableforyourmeter,simplyupgradetothelatestversionforalltheadded
featuresandfunctionality.

In this chapter
Factory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
FactoryModuleSettings........................................... 42
HowtoTAGYourMeter........................................... 42
Restoring the Factory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Usingthefrontpanel .............................................. 43
UsingIONSetup ................................................. 43
UsingDesigner ................................................... 44
UpgradingYourMeter................................................ 45

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 41

Chapter 3 - Templates and Firmware

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Factory Information
TheFactorymoduledisplaysfirmwareversion,serialnumberandotherdevice
informationinreadonlysetupregisters(readonlyregisterscanbeviewedbutnot
changed).

Factory Module Settings


Thedeviceinformationprovidedisasfollows:

Setup Register

Description

Device Type

A device type identifier (e.g. 8600 for the ION8600)

Compliance

A statement of whether the device is ION compliant or not

Options

Shows model number of meter

Revision

The meters firmware version

Serial Num

The meters serial number

ION Version

The ION version supported by the device

Template

The name of the template (framework) installed on the device at the factory

Nom Freq

The expected frequency of the power system being monitored

TheFactorymodulealsocontainsnumerousreadonlysetupregistersthathold
thecalibrationconstantsusedatthefactory.

How to TAG Your Meter


Threeconfigurablesetupregistersareprovidedforyoutoenteryourcompany
nameandothertextinformationyouwantstoredinthemeter:
OwnerThisisatextregisterforstoringuserinformation(e.g.companyname);it
canbeupto255charactersinlength.
Tag1Thisisatextregisterforstoringuserinformation(e.g.devicelocation);it
canbeupto15charactersinlength.
Tag2Thisisatextregisterforstoringuserinformation(e.g.devicenumberor
identifier);itcanbeupto15charactersinlength

Page 42

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 3 - Templates and Firmware

Restoring the Factory Configuration


Ifyouhavemadechangestothedefaultfunctionalityandwanttoreturntothe
factoryconfiguration,youcanreinitializethefactoryconfigurationinthemeter
usingIONsoftware.Thebasicsetupofthedevicecanberetained,sothemeter
doesnotneedtobetakenoutofserviceforalongperiodoftime.

NOTE
If you restore the factory configuration, all custom features you have created are lost.

Using the front panel


Youcannotrestorethefactoryconfigurationfromthemetersfrontpanel.

Using ION Setup

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

DownloadyourdeviceslatesttemplatefromthePowerLogicwebsite.Save
the.DCFfileinthe.../IONSetup/TEMPLATEfolderforeasyaccess.

2.

ConnecttoyourmeterinIONSetup,usingBasicMode.

3.

NavigatetoSetupAssistant>Template.

4.

ClicktheSendtoMetertabandclicktheSendbutton.

5.

Selectthe.DCFfilefromtheTEMPLATEfolderandclickOK.

Page 43

Chapter 3 - Templates and Firmware

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

6.

TheTemplatePasteOptionsscreenappears.Selectthecheckboxesforthe
settingsyouwishtoretain(notoverwrite)andclickOK.

RapidMeterProgrammingpastesthetemplateontoyourmeter.Adialogbox
confirmsthepastewassuccessful.

Using Designer
1.

DisplaythemetersmainConfigurationscreeninDesigner.

2.

ChooseSelectAllfromtheEditmenu,thenpressDelete.
Theconfirmationdialogboxappearsexplainingthatsomemoduleswillnotbe
deleted(coremodulescannotbedeletedscrolldowninthedialogtosee
whichstandardmoduleswillbedeleted).

3.

ClickOKontheconfirmationdialogbox.
Afterabriefwaitthemodulesaredeleted,andthemainmeterConfiguration
screenisblankexceptfortheFrameworksfolderintheAdvancedSetuparea.
(TheFrameworksfoldercontainsthefolderofCoremoduleswhichcannotbe
deleted.)

4.

ChooseSelectAllfromtheEditmenutoselecttheFrameworksfolder.This
selectsallsubfoldersandmoduleswithinthefolder.

5.

IntheEditmenu,choosePastefromFramework,thenselecttheappropriate.fwn
filefromthefolder\IONEnterprise\config\fmwk\nd\.ClickOK.
TheFactorymodulesDefaultTemplateregistertellsyouthefilenameforthe
defaultfactoryframework.(Fordetailsaboutframeworkfiles,contactCustomer
ServiceorvisittheSupportareaofthePowerLogicwebsite.)

Page 44

6.

ClickOpen.ThePasteSummarywindowappears.

7.

Clickonthefirstmodule,scrolldowntothelastmodule,holdtheShiftkeyand
clickonthelastmodule.Thisselectsallofthemodules.

8.

WhileholdingtheShiftkey,clickonthecheckboxtotheleftofthemodulename
soyouseealockiconwithagreencheckmark.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 3 - Templates and Firmware

CAUTION
Persistent modules can be overwritten in Designer. When pasting a default framework onto a meter, use
lock-paste on the Persistent modules, not free-paste. A list of Persistent modules is available from
Customer Service.

9.

CheckMaintainexternalinputsandclickOKontheconfirmationdialogbox.
AmessageappearsindicatingthatDesignerispastingmodules.Allmodulesare
selectedwhenthepasteiscomplete.Clickanywhereinthebackgroundofthe
nodediagramtodeselectallofthemodules.

10. ClickthePowerMetershortcutintheBasicConfigurationareatoselectit.Once
selected,clickResetintheDesignertoolbar,orselectResetfromtheEditmenu.
ThisrevertsthePowerMetertothesettingsithadbeforeyoudeletedany
modules(retainingthebasicsetupyoupreviouslyhad).
11. ChooseSend&SavefromtheFilemenu.Thefactoryconfigurationisnow
restoredandanycustomfunctionalityyoucreatedisremoved.

NOTE
The time required to complete steps 3, 5, and 11 may vary depending on your connection and the meter
configuration.

Upgrading Your Meter


SeetheUpgradingIONDeviceFirmwaretechnicalnotefordetails.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 45

Chapter 3 - Templates and Firmware

Page 46

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Basic Setup
Thischapterexplainshowtoperformbasicmetersetupviathefrontpaneland
usingIONsoftware.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ConfiguringBasicSetup ............................................... 48
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................. 48
UsingIONSetup ................................................. 48
UsingDesigner ................................................... 49
PowerMeterModuleSettings.......................................... 50

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 47

Chapter 4 - Basic Setup

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
BasicconfigurationofthemeterisprovidedbythePowerMetermodule.The
PowerMetermoduleisthemainconnectionbetweenthepowersystem
measurementsandallotherIONmodulesinthedevice.Thismodulereportsthe
valuesforallvoltage,currentandpowermeasurements.ThePowerMeter
modulessetupregistersdescribedetailsofthepowersystembeingmonitored.
ManyofthePowerMetermodulessetupregistersareconfiguredwhenthemeter
isinitiallyputintoservice,althoughthedevicecannotoperateproperlyuntilthe
VoltsModeandPTandCTratiosareset.Someregistersmayneedtobechanged
torefinethedevicesoperation.SeetheIONReferenceformoredetailsonthePower
Metermodule.

Configuring Basic Setup


UsethefrontpanelorIONsoftwaretoperformbasicmetersetup.

Using the Front Panel


TheBasicSetupmenuitemprovidesaccesstothefollowingpowersystemsettings.

Basic Setup

Menu

Setting

Description

Range (Values)

Default

Volts Mode

The power systems configuration WYE, DELTA, etc.

9S 4W-WYE/DELTA
35S 3 Wire
36S 4 W-WYE
DEMO

4W-WYE

PT Primary

The Potential Transformers primary winding voltage rating

1 to 999,999,999

120

PT Secondary

The Potential Transformers secondary winding voltage rating

1 to 999,999,999

120

CT Primary

The Current Transformers primary winding current rating

1 to 999,999,999

CT Secondary

The Current Transformers secondary winding current rating

1 to 999,999,999

I4 CT Primary

Primary rating for the I4 current transformer (if available)

1.0 - 999,999.00

I4 CT Secondary

Secondary rating for the I4 current transformer (if available)

1.0 - 999,999.00

VA Polarity

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on VA

Normal or Inverted

Normal

VB Polarity

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on VB

Normal or Inverted

Normal

VC Polarity

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on VC

Normal or Inverted

Normal

IA Polarity

The polarity of the Current Transformer on IA

Normal or Inverted

Normal

IB Polarity

The polarity of the Current Transformer on IB

Normal or Inverted

Normal

IC Polarity

The polarity of the Current Transformer on IC

Normal or Inverted

Normal

I4 Polarity

The polarity of the Current Transformer on I4

Normal or Inverted

Normal

Phase Rotation

Power systems phase rotation

ABC, ACB

ABC

Using ION Setup


TheBasicSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfigurethePowerMetermodule:
1.

Page 48

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 4 - Basic Setup

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoBasicSetupandclickonthePT/CTRatiostab.

3.

ConfigureeachregisterasrequiredbyselectingtheparameterandclickingEdit.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetotheBasicConfigurationFramework.
RightclickonthePowerMetermoduletoedit.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 49

Chapter 4 - Basic Setup

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Power Meter Module Settings


Setup
Register

Default

Volts mode 1

The power systems configuration WYE, DELTA, Single, etc

4W-WYE

PT Prim 1

The Potential Transformers primary winding rating for V1, V2 and V3

120

PT Sec 1

The Potential Transformers secondary winding rating for V1, V2 and V3

120

The Current Transformers primary winding rating for I1, I2 and I3

CT Sec 1

The Current Transformers secondary winding rating for I1, I2 and I3

V4 Prim 1

The Potential Transformers primary winding rating for V4

120

The Potential Transformers secondary winding rating for V4

120

The Current Transformers primary winding rating for I4

The Current Transformers secondary winding rating for I4

The Current Transformers primary winding rating for I5

I5 CT Sec 1

The Current Transformers secondary winding rating for I5

Vn Polarity

The polarity of the Potential Transformer on Vn

Normal

In Polarity

The polarity of the Current Transformer on In

Normal

Phase Order

The expected rotation of the voltage phases (ABC or ACB)

ABC

Phase Lbls

The phase label format assigned to the outputs (ABC, RST, XYZ, RYB,
RWB or 123)

ABC

CT Prim

V4 Sec

I4 CT Prim
I4 CT Sec

I5 CT Prim

Function

The registers are typically set when the device is commissioned. Changing the values of these registers
while the device is in service is not recommended.

Oncebasicsetupisperformed(i.e.thePT/CTandVoltsmodesettings),themeter
operatesproperly.TypicallythereisnoneedtomakefurtherchangestothePower
Metermodulessetupregisters.

Page 50

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Security
ION8600metersofferStandardandAdvancedmetersecurity.Standardsecurityis
enabledbydefaultfromthefactory;proceduresforchangingthesesecurity
settingsusingthefrontpanelandIONsoftwarearedetailedinthischapter.
Advancedsecurity,whichallowsupto16users,eachwithuniqueaccess
privileges,isdiscussedaswell.Thischapteralsodetailssomesecurityfeatures
availableforrevenuemeters.

In this chapter
Meter Security Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Standard Meter Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Configuringstandardmetersecurityusingthefrontpanel ............. 53
EnteringthePassword............................................. 53
ChangingthePassword............................................ 54
Enabling&DisablingthePasswordSecurityCheck ................... 55
ResettingthePassword ............................................ 56
EnablingandDisablingWebConfigAccess .......................... 56
TimeSynchronizationSecurityConsiderations........................ 57
ConfiguringstandardmetersecurityinIONSetup.................... 58
ConfiguringstandardmetersecurityinDesigner...................... 58
ScenariosforStandardSecurityFrontPanelSecurityEnabled ............. 60
Configuring Advanced Meter Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
DeviceSecurityAccessforIONServices................................. 65
ScenariosforAdvancedSecurityFrontPanelSecurityEnabled ............ 67
Additional Revenue Metering Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
HardwareLockSecurityOption .................................... 70
Anti-Tamper Sealing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 51

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Meter Security Features


Yourmeterincludesthefollowingsecurityfeatures:
Standard meter security
Anytimeyoumakeconfigurationchangestoyourmeteryoumustentera
password.SeeStandardMeterSecurityonpage 53.
Advanced meter security
Thislevelofsecurityallowsconfigurationofupto16users,eachwithunique
accessrightstothemeter.SeethetopicConfiguringAdvancedMeterSecurity
onpage 63.
Revenue meter security
Yourrevenuemetercanbeprotectedbyantitampersealing.SeeAdditional
RevenueMeteringSecurityonpage 70.
Software security
IONsoftwaresecuritybringsaccesslevelsecuritytothemeter.WithION
software,youcanconfiguremultipleuserswithdifferentpasswordsandspecify
accessrights.IONsoftwaresecurityonlyappliestouserswhoareaccessingthe
meterviaIONsoftware.
FormoreinformationonIONsoftwaresecurity,refertotheIONSystemSecurity
technicalnote.

Page 52

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

Standard Meter Security


StandardmetersecurityisenabledbydefaultonallION8600meters;all
configurationfunctionsinthefrontpanelarepasswordprotected.Thepassword
isfactorysetto0(zero).
Ifyoumakeconfigurationchangestothemeterviathefrontpanel,themeter
promptsyouforitspasswordbeforeacceptinganyconfigurationchanges.
Similarly,ifyoumakeanyconfigurationchangesviaIONsoftwareyouare
promptedbythemeterforitspassword(inadditiontothepasswordusedto
accessIONsoftware).Onceyouenterthecorrectmeterpasswordandconfirmthe
newconfiguration,thechangeissetonthemeter.

Configuring standard meter security using the front panel


Notethatthefrontpanelwillpromptyouforthemeterpasswordbeforeyoumake
yourfirstconfigurationchange.Youwillnotneedtoreenterthepasswordfor
eachsubsequentchange.However,ifyouperformnoadditionalconfiguration
changesforfiveminutes,youwillneedtoreentertheSetupmenuandprovidethe
validmeterpasswordtoresumemakingchanges.Thisisbecausethemeterreturns
fromsetupmodetodatadisplaymodeafterfiveminutesofinactivity.
Themeterpasswordallowsaccesstothemetersconfigurationthrough
IONsoftwareandthefrontpanel.Thedefaultpasswordis0(zero).
Thissectiondescribesthepasswordsecurityoptionsavailabletofrontpanelusers.
Stepbystepinstructionsareprovidedonthefollowingprocedures:
1.

Enteringthemeterpassword

2.

Changingthemeterpassword

3.

Disabling(andEnabling)thepasswordsecuritycheck

Thissectionalsopresentssecurityprecautionstoconsiderwhenconfiguringtime
synchronizationandthirdpartyprotocols.

Entering the Password


Thefirsttimeyoutrytomakeachangetoanysetting,youwillbepresentedwith
thepasswordscreen(shownbelow).Afteryouhaveenteredthecorrectpassword,
youwillnothavetoreenteritforotheranyotherchangesunlessyouexitthe
configurationsession.

ENTER PASSWD
MIN:
00000000

00000000

MAX:
99999999

HOLD ARROW KEY TO ADVANCE CURSOR

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 53

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

NOTE
Once the correct password is entered, you will not have to re-enter the password for any other changes
unless you exit configuration.

Toenterthepassword:
1.

Tochangethevalueofthehighlighteddigit,usethearrowbuttons.Theup
arrowincrementsthenumberandthedownarrowdecrementsit.

2.

Tochangethepositionofthecursor,holddownanarrowbuttonforaboutone
second.Theuparrowmovesthecursorleftoneposition,andthedownarrow
movesthecursorrightoneposition.

3.

Onceyouhavethevalueyouwant,presstheAlt/Enterbutton.

Changing the Password


Bydefault,thepasswordissetto0(zero)inthefactory.Thepasswordmaybe
changedtoanyeightdigitnumber.Itishighlyrecommendedthatyouchangethe
passwordfromthedefaultvalue.Tochangethepassword:

Page 54

1.

HolddowntheAlt/EnterbuttontoaccesstheSetupmenu.

2.

Scrollthroughthemenuitemsusingthearrowbuttons,highlightSECURITY.

3.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoselectSECURITY.

4.

Youwillbepromptedtoenterthecurrentmeterpassword(seeEnteringthe
Password,above).Onceyouenterthepassword,youarepresentedwiththe
MODIFYPASSWDscreen,asseenbelow:

5.

Tochangethevalueofthehighlighteddigit,usethearrowbuttons.Theup
arrowincrementsthenumberandthedownarrowdecrementsit.

6.

Tochangethepositionofthecursor,holddownanarrowbuttonforaboutone
second.Theuparrowmovesthecursorleftoneposition,andthedownarrow
movesthecursorrightoneposition.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

7.

Onceyouhavethevalueyouwant,presstheAlt/Enterbutton.Youwillbe
promptedforyourcurrentpasswordbeforethenewpasswordissaved.

Enabling & Disabling the Password Security Check


Disablingthepasswordallowschangestoallthemeterssettingsthroughthefront
panelwithoutasecuritycheck.Thisproceduremayonlybenecessaryifthe
communicationsinterfaceyouareusingdoesnotsupportthemeterssecurity
protocols.

CAUTION
Non-secure access to critical settings in the meter, such as PT and CT ratios, is not advisable. It is highly
recommended that any ION8600 devices in the field have the password security check enabled.

Disabling the Password Security Check


Followthesestepstodisablethepasswordsecuritycheck:
1.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoentertheSetupmenu.Scrolldownthemenuwith
thearrowbutton.PressAlt/EnteragainwhenSECURITYishighlighted.

2.

Enterthevalidmeterpasswordatthepasswordprompt.Youarethenpresented
withtheSecuritymenu.

3.

ScrolldownandhighlighttheDISABLESECURITYmenuitemandpressthe
Alt/Enterbutton.

4.

SelectPROCEED,thenselectYESatthefollowingprompt.

Amessageappearsonscreennotifyingyouofhowtoreenablepassword
security(refertoEnablingthePasswordSecurityCheck,below).Yourmeters
passwordisnowdisabled;changestosettingsinthemeterdonotrequireavalid
password.
5.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoreturntotheSetupmenu.

Page 55

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Enabling the Password Security Check


Whenyoureenablethepasswordsecurity,youarerequiredtoenteranew
password.Toreenablepasswordsecurity:
1.

PressandholddowntheAlt/EnterbuttontoentertheSetupmenu.Scroll
downthemenuandselectSECURITY.

2.

FromtheSecuritymenu,selectMODIFYPASSWD,andpresstheAlt/Enter
button.TheModifyPasswordScreenappears.

3.

ThemessageFACDEFAULTappearsinthemiddleoftheModifyPassword
screen.Ifyouwanttousethefactorydefaultpassword,presstheAlt/Enter
button.Ifyouwanttosetthepasswordtoadifferenteightdigitnumber,usethe
instructionsinChangingthePasswordonpage 54.

4.

Onceyouhaveenteredyournewpassword,presstheAlt/Enterbutton.

5.

SelectYEStoconfirmthechangeandreturntotheSetupmenu.

Thepasswordsecuritycheckisreenabled,andallchangestothedevices
configurationrequirethenewmeterpassword.

Resetting the Password


NOTE
If you forget your password, and your meter has the Password Security check enabled, you must remove
the meter's outer cover to put the device into TEST mode.

Intheeventthatyouforgetorloseyourmeterpassword,youcanresetthe
passwordtothefactorydefaultvalueof0(zero).Resettingthepasswordrequires
thatthemeterbeinTESTmode(RefertoSwitchingtoTESTModeonpage 179
fordetailsoninvokingTESTmode).
IfyourmeterhasthePasswordSecuritycheckdisabled,youcaninvokeTEST
modeusingIONsoftware.Ifthepasswordsecuritycheckisenabled(oryouhave
thehardwarelockedoption)youwillhavetoremovethemetersoutercoverto
accesstheTESTModebutton.
Followtheseinstructionstoresetthepasswordtothefactorydefault:
1.

PutthedeviceintoTESTmode(eitherthroughcommunicationsorbypressing
theTESTModebutton.RefertoSwitchingtoTESTModeonpage 179for
details).

2.

OncethedeviceisinTESTmode,pressandholddowntheAlt/Enterbuttonand
DemandResetbuttonssimultaneously.
Amessageappearsonscreen:PASSWORDRESETPASSWORDSETTO
DEFAULT.PasswordSecurityisnowenabled;themeterpasswordis0(zero).

Enabling and Disabling Web Config Access


Bydefault,remoteconfigurationofthedeviceviawebbrowserisenabled.Follow
thesestepstoenableordisableyourmeterswebconfigurationaccess.

Page 56

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

1.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoentertheSetupmenu.Scrolldownthemenuwith
thearrowbutton.PressAlt/EnteragainwhenSECURITYishighlighted.

2.

Enterthevalidmeterpasswordatthepasswordprompt.Youarethenpresented
withtheSecuritymenu.

3.

ScrolldownandhighlighttheWEBCONFIGmenuitemandpresstheAlt/Enter
button.

4.

SelectEnabledorDisabledasappropriate.

5.

ConfirmthechangeandselectRETURNtogobacktotheSetupMenu.

Time Synchronization Security Considerations


DependingonIONsoftwaresettings,aworkstationthatconnectstoan
ION8600devicemaysendatimesynchronizationsignalandsynchronizethe
metersinternalclockwiththeworkstationsclock.Thiscouldcauseoverlapsinthe
Demandintervals,andtimestampsinthedatalogsmaynotbeaccurate.
EnsurethattheTimeSynchSourcesetupregisterintheClockmoduleissettoa
securecommunicationsport.Bydefault,theTimeSynchSourcesetupregisterinthe
ClockmoduleissettoCOM3theopticalport.Timesynchronizationbroadcasts
willonlybeacceptedthroughtheopticalportinthisconfiguration.Thefollowing
exampleisfromtheClockmodulesTimeSynchSourcesetupregisterasseenin
IONSetup.

Ensurethattimesynchronizationisdisabledonallotherports.UseIONsoftware
todisabletimesynchronizationonacommunicationsport;refertoIONEnterprise
onlinehelp.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 57

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring standard meter security in ION Setup


1.

LaunchIONSetupwithSupervisorauthority.

2.

Connecttotheappropriatemeter.

3.

Onceconnected,doubleclicktheSetupAssistantandselecttheSecurity
heading.

4.

MakesuretheStandardtabisselected

5.

ClickPassword.Thefollowingdialogboxappears:

6.

Typeanewnumericpasswordandconfirmbyretypingthepasswordinthe
fields.

Configuring standard meter security in Designer

Page 58

1.

LaunchDesignersoftwarewithSupervisoraccess.

2.

SelectOptions>ShowToolboxifthetoolboxisnotdisplayed.

3.

FromtheOptionsmenu,selectChangeStandardMeterSecurity...

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

4.

Enterthemeterpasswordwhenprompted.Youmustentertheexistingmeter
passwordbeforeyoucanchangesecuritysettings(thedefaultiszero).

5.

Typeanewnumericpasswordandconfirmbyretypingthepasswordinthe
fields(seeimagebelow).IfyouaresureyouwanttodisableStandardsecurity,
clicktheDisableStandardMeterSecuritycheckbox.

CAUTION
Do not disable security unless it is absolutely necessary. Disabling Standard security leaves your meter
configuration open to tampering (intentional or unintentional) through communications and the front
panel.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 59

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Scenarios for Standard Security - Front Panel Security Enabled


1. Access through the front panel display
WiththeFrontPanelSecurityenabledandFrontPanelProgrammingsetto
Allowed,youcanreadmeteringdatafromthedisplay.Toconfiguremeter
parameters,youmustenterthenumericpassword.
IfFrontPanelSecurityisdisabledandFrontPanelProgrammingissetto
Allowed,youcanreadmeteringdatafromthedisplayandconfigureormake
changeswithoutenteringinapassword.
IfFrontPanelProgrammingissettoDisallowed,youcanreadmeteringdata
fromthedisplay,butyoucannotaccessanyoftheconfigurationscreensfromthe
frontpaneldisplay.

2. Access through software talking ION protocol with ION


Setup and/or ION Enterprise on ANY comm port (serial,
modem, optical and Ethernet)
IfyouarecommunicatingthroughIONprotocol(andhaveFrontPanelSecurity
enabled)withtheappropriatesoftwareaccess,youcanreadandconfiguremeter
parameters.Whenyouattempttowriteorconfigureanyparameter,youmust
enterinthenumericpassword.

3. Access through Modbus on ANY comm port (serial, modem,


optical and Ethernet)
OnIONmeters,Modbusimplementationconsistsoftwoparts:
i.

ModbusData
IncludestheModbusSlaveIONmodules.
Thesemodulesareconfigurableastowhatdataisavailableandwherein
therangeofModbusregistersthisdataisplaced.

ii. ModbusSetup
AlsoreferredtoastheModbusMap(seeSchneiderElectrics
ModbusProtocoldocument).
Usesfixedfunctionalityandregistermapping.

4. Accessing the Modbus data section with Standard Security


WhenaccessingtheModbusDatasectionwithStandardSecurityenabled,you:
Canreadfromthedatasectionatalltimes.
CanwritetothedatasectioniftheModbusSlaveModuleissettoUnsigned
16BitInputMode,andtheFrontPanelSecurityisdisabledorthepasswordis
settozero.

Page 60

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

CannotwritetothedatasectioniftheFrontPanelSecurityisenabledandthe
passwordissettoanonzerovalue.

5. Accessing the Modbus setup section with Standard Security


WhenaccessingtheModbusSetupSectionwithStandardSecurityenabled,you:
Canreadfromthesetupsectionatalltimes.
CanwritetothesetupsectioniftheFrontPanelSecurityisdisabledorthe
passwordissettozero.
CannotwritetothesetupsectioniftheFrontPanelSecurityisenabledandsetto
anonzerovalue.
TimesyncsareconsideredtobeaModbusSetupparameterandfollowthesame
rulesaboveforwritingatimesynctothemeter.Also,theIONClockModulemust
haveitsTimeSyncSourcesetupregistersettotheappropriatecommunicationport.
TheModbusSlavemoduleandtheClockmodulesetupregistersareonly
accessibleviaIONprotocol.Theirsettingsarethereforeprotectedbythesecurity
settingsontheIONdevice.

6. Access through DNP 3.0 on ANY serial, modem or optical


communication port
IfyouarecommunicatingthroughDNP3.0protocoloveranyserial,modemor
opticalport(andFrontPanelSecurityisenabled),youcanreaddatafromthe
defaultDNP3.0Mapwithouthavingtoenterthenumericpassword.
IftheDNP3.0Mapischangedtoexposecontrolandsetupparameters,thenyou
couldwritetothecustomDNP3.0Map.TheDNP3.0Mapcanonlybechangedby
usingIONSetuporIONEnterpriseandthenthecustomermustknowthenumeric
password.Timesyncscanbesenttothemeterinthismode.

7. Access through a standard browser on an Ethernet port via


HTTP protocol
IftheFrontPanelSecurityisenabledandWebserverConfigurationAccessis
enabledthenyouwillbepromptedforthepasswordbyyourwebbrowserbefore
beingallowedtomakeanyconfigurationchangestothemeter.IftheFrontPanel
Securityisnotenabled,thenyouwillbeabletomakeconfigurationchanges
withouthavingtosupplythepassword.
IfWebserverConfigurationAccessisdisabled,youcanonlyreaddata.Thedefault
Webserverpagescontainrealtimedataonly.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 61

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

8. Access through FACTORY protocol on a Telnet connection via


Ethernet or HyperTerminal on a serial, modem, or optical
port
IftheFrontPanelSecurityisenabled,youmustenterthenumericpasswordtolog
intotheFactoryprotocol.IfFrontPanelSecurityisdisabled,logginginviaFactory
protocoldoesnotrequireapassword.
Onceloggedin,youcanchangethefollowing:
3.

IPAddress

4.

SubnetMask

5.

Gateway

6.

ResetBatteryCounters

7.

Enable/DisableFrontPanelSecurity

Ifyouwishtochangeadditionalconfigurationsettingsbeyondtheabovelist,
contactSchneiderElectric.

Page 62

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

Configuring Advanced Meter Security


AdvancedmetersecurityisavailableonION8600meters.Thislevelofsecurity
allowsconfigurationofupto16users,eachwithuniqueaccessrightstothemeter.
Accessrightsconsistofthefollowinglevelswhereyoucan:
Read:viewanyparameterexceptthesecurityconfiguration.
PeakDemandReset:performaresetofpeakdemandvalues(forexample,
slidingwindowdemandforkW,kVAR,kVAetc.).
Timesync:setthetimeonthemeter.
FullMeterConfiguration:configureanyprogrammableregisteronthemeter
exceptforregistersrelatedtothesecuritysetup,registersthatresultinademand
reset,oractionsthatplacethemeterintestmode.
TESTMode:putthemeterintotestmode.
AdvancedSecurityConfiguration:configureAdvancedsecurityforthemeter,
fullmeterconfigurationmustalsobesettoYES.
Whenconfiguringusers,inmostcasesyoumustsetReadaccesstoYES.However,
youcansetupauserwithoutreadaccess;forexample,youmaywanttocreatea
userwhocanonlytimesyncthemeter.Insomecases(suchasAdvancedsecurity
configurationaccess)youmustsetmultipleaccessoptionstoYES.Whenyouare
configuringAdvancedsecurity,thesoftwarerejectsunacceptableorunsafeuser
configurations.

NOTE
Use only ION Enterprise or ION Setup (version 1.1 and later) to configure Advanced security. ION Setup
has a Setup Assistant that guides you through Advanced security setup.

Entering an advanced security user name and password


Whenyouattempttoviewdataormakeachangetoameterthathasadvanced
securityenabled,youarepromptedforausernameandpassword.
.

1.

EnterthevalidAdvancedsecurityusername.

NOTE
User names are fixed as USER1 through to USER16.

2.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

EntertheappropriatepasswordandclickOK.

Page 63

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring advanced security using ION Setup


IfyouareusingIONSetupsoftwarefollowtheinstructionsbelow.
1.

LaunchIONSetupwithSupervisoraccess.

2.

ConnecttothemeteryouwanttoconfigurewithAdvancedsecurity.

3.

Onceconnected,doubleclicktheSetupAssistantintherighthandcolumnof
theNetworkViewer.

4.

SelecttheSecurityheadinginthelefthandcolumnoftheSetupAssistant.Click
theAdvancedSetuptab.

5.

ClicktheSOP1EnableAdvancedSecuritylisting.ClickEdit.

6.

SelecttheEnabledsetting.Youwillbepromptedwithawarningscreen.Click
Yes.

Configuring advanced users with ION Setup


1.

ClicktheAdvancedUserstabintheSecuritysetupscreen.

2.

ClicktheAddUserbutton.IONSetupautomaticallyaddsanewuser.

3.

SelectthenewuserlistingandclickEdit.Thefollowingdialogboxappears:

Usetheavailablesettingstoconfigureaccesslevelsforthenewuser.Passwords
canalsobechangedfromthisscreen.
4.

ClickSendtosendthechangestothemeter.

Configuring advanced security using ION Enterprise


IfyouareusingDesignersoftwarefollowtheinstructionsbelow.

Page 64

1.

LaunchDesignersoftwarewithSupervisoraccess.FromtheFilemenuchoose
Open...andselectthemeteryouwanttoconfigurewithAdvancedsecurity.

2.

Ifthetoolboxisnotdisplayed,chooseOptionsfromthemainmenuandselect
ShowToolbox.

3.

IfyoudonotwanttoallowfrontpanelprogrammingusingtheStandard
securitymeterpasswordthendoubleclickontheDisplayOptionsmoduleand
changetheFrontPanelProgrammingregistertodisallow.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

NOTE
If you allow front panel programming when you set up Advanced security, the meter password (used in
Standard security) is still active through the front panel. You may need to allow front panel programming
if someone installs the meter in the field and needs to make setup modifications. Once the meter is
installed, you can disallow front panel programming so that Advanced security user names and
passwords must be used to view or change meter information.

4.

DoubleclickontheMeterSecuritySetupfolder.
Foreachuseryouwanttoconfigure,dragoutaSecurityUsermodulefromthe
Toolbox,andmodifytheappropriateaccesslevelsetupregisters.

5.

ClicktheChangePasswordbuttonatthebottomleftofthemodulesetupscreen
toconfigureapassword.Thedefaultpasswordiszero(0).
ClickOKwhenyouhaveconfiguredtheusers.

6.

RightclickontheSecurityOptionsmodule.

7.

Doubleclickonanysetupregisterandusethedropdownmenutochangethe
registersettingorlabel.
YoumustsettheEnableAdvancedSecurityregistertoEnabled.Refertothe
SecurityOptionsmoduledescriptionintheIONsoftwareonlinehelpformore
details.

8.

FromtheFilemenuchooseSend&Save.Advancedsecurityisnowenabledon
themeter.

Device Security Access for ION Services


ManyIONServicesneedconstantaccesstoyournetworksIONdevices.These
servicesincludetheIONLogServer,theVIPandSiteServerthatperformthe
followingtypeoffunctions:
Service

Function

ION Log Server

Reads the ION meter Data Recorder or waveform modules and can
automatically rearm recorders that are configured as Stop-When-Full

VIP

Can be configured to read from a meter or perform control action


using Distributed Control.

Site Server

Broadcasts time signals to the meter.

WhenAdvancedmetersecurityisenabled,theseservicesmaynothavesufficient
accessrightstoperformtheiroperations.Youmustspecifyauserwithsufficient
accessrightsfortheseservices.

NOTE
You may want to configure a separate user for accessing services. If you observe trouble with ION
software accessing the meter, it is likely that these services either do not have access rights or the original
user name and password have changed.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 65

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Allowing ION Services access to advanced security enabled meters (ION Enterprise)
1.

LaunchtheManagementConsoleandclickDevicesontheManagement
ConsolesSystemSetupPane.

2.

HighlighttheIONdevice(orselectmultipledevices)withAdvancedsecurity
enabled,rightclickandselectSecurity...Thefollowingwindowdisplays.

3.

Selecttheusernameyouwantfromthedropdownmenu.Onceyouselectauser
theChangePasswordbuttonisactive.Clickthecheckboxifyouwanttoallow
thisusertosendtimesynchronizationsignalstothemeter.ClickOK.

4.

Enterthevalidpassword,retypethepasswordtoconfirmandclickOK.

Allowing ION Services access to Standard security enabled meters (ION Enterprise)
1.

LaunchtheManagementConsoleandclickDevicesontheManagement
ConsolesSystemSetupPane.

2.

HighlighttheIONdevice(orselectmultipledevices)withStandardsecurity
enabled,rightclickandselectSecurity....

3.

SelectStandardSecurityfromthedropdownmenu.Clickthecheckboxifyou
wanttoallowthisusertosendtimesynchronizationsignalstothemeter.Click
OK.

4.

EnterthevalidmeterpasswordforStandardSecurity,retypethepasswordto
confirm,andclickOK.

Allowing ION Services access to advanced security enabled meters (ION Setup)

Page 66

1.

LaunchIONSetupandconnecttotheappropriatemeter.

2.

Onceconnected,opentheSetupAssistantandselectSecurityfromthelefthand
column.MakesureAdvancedSecurityisenabledintheSetupAssistant.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

3.

Selecttheusernameyouwantfromtheavailablelist.ClicktheEditbutton.The
followingwindowappears:

4.

ClickTimeSyncAccessfromtheavailablesettingslist.Ifyouwanttoallowthis
usertosendtimesynchronizationsignalstothemeter,ensurethesettingreads
Yes.Tochangethesetting,clicktheEditbuttonandmaketheappropriate
changes.

Scenarios for Advanced Security - Front Panel Security Enabled


1. Access through the front panel display
WithbothAdvancedSecurityandFrontPanelSecurityenabled,youcanreadthe
meteringdataonthedisplay.Toconfigure/writetothemeter,enterthenumeric
password.AdvancedSecuritydoesnotaddadditionalsecuritywhenaccessingthe
meterthroughthefrontpanel.

2. Access through software talking ION protocol with


ION Setup and/or ION Enterprise on ANY comm port (serial,
modem, optical and Ethernet)
WithAdvancedSecurityenabledandcommunicatingthroughIONprotocolon
anycommunicationport,youmustenterausernameandpasswordinorderto
readorconfigure/writethemeter.AdvancedSecurityblocksaccesstothedevice
ifyoudonotknowthecorrectusernameandpassword.Ifyouknowtheusername
andpassword,andtheusernameisassignedtheproperaccess,thenyoucanread
andconfigure/write(dependingontheassigneduseraccessrights)datawithin
themeter.Refertopage 63fordetailsonsettingupAdvancedSecurityandhowto
assignuseraccessrights.

3. Access Through Modbus on ANY comm port (serial, modem,


optical and Ethernet)
OnIONmeters,Modbusimplementationconsistsoftwoparts:
i.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

ModbusData

Page 67

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

IncludestheModbusSlaveIONmodules.
Thesemodulesareconfigurableastowhatdataisavailableandwherein
therangeofModbusregistersthisdataisplaced.
ii. ModbusSetup
AlsoreferredtoastheModbusMap(seeSchneiderElectrics
ModbusProtocoldocument.
Usesfixedfunctionalityandregistermapping.
FromanAdvancedSecuritypointofview,however,theModbusDataandSetup
sectionsoperatesomewhatdifferently.
WhenaccessingtheModbusDataSectionwithAdvancedSecurityEnabled,you:
Canstillreadfromthedatasectionatalltimes.
CanwritetothedatasectioniftheModbusSlaveModuleissettoUnsigned
16BitInputMode,andtheModbusMapAccessissettoYes.
CannotwritetothedatasectionifModbusMapAccessissettoNo.
WhenaccessingtheModbusSetupSectionwithAdvancedSecurityEnabled,you:
CanreadfromandwritetothedatasectionifModbusMapAccessissetto
Yes.
CannotreadfromorwritetothedatasectionifMODBUSMapAccessissetto
No.
YoucanwriteatimesynconlyifMODBUSMapAccessandAllowBroadcast
TimesyncsarebothsettoYes,andtheIONClockModulesTimeSyncSource
setupregisterissettotheappropriatecommunicationport.
SincetheModbusMapAccess,theModbusSlavemodule,andtheClockmodule
setupregistersareonlyaccessibleviaIONprotocol,theirsettingsareprotectedby
thesecuritysettingsontheIONdevice.

4. Access through DNP 3.0 on ANY serial, modem or optical


port
WithAdvancedSecurityenabledandcommunicatingthroughDNP3.0protocol
overanyserial,modemoropticalport,youcanreadfromthedefaultDNP3.0
Map.IftheDNP3.0Mapischangedtoexposecontrolandsetupparameters,then
youcanwritetothecustomDNP3.0Map.AnychangestotheDNP3.0Maporthe
SecurityOptionsModulecanonlybechangedbyusingIONSetupor
IONEnterpriseandthecustomermustknowtheproperAdvancedSecurity
usernameandpassword.Timesyncscanbesenttothemeterinthismodewithout
havingtoenterinausernameandpassword.

Page 68

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

5. Access through a standard browser on an Ethernet port via


http protocol
IfAdvancedSecurityisenabledandtheWebAccessReadSecuritysetupregister
intheSecurityOptionsModuleissettoYES,youmustenterintheproper
AdvancedSecurityusernameandpasswordbeforegainingreadaccesstothe
devicethroughastandardbrowser.Ifyouhavetheproperusernameand
password,thenextlevelofsecurityistheWebserverConfigurationAccesssetting.
IftheWebserverConfigurationAccessdisabled,youcanonlyreadmeteringdata.
IftheWebAccessReadSecuritysetupregisterissettoNO,thenyouwillbeable
toreadwebpagesonthedevicewithouthavingtoprovideanAdvancedSecurity
usernameandpassword.However,ifyouattempttomakeconfigurationchanges,
youwillbepromptedfortheAdvancedSecurityusernameandpassword.

6. Access Through FACTORY protocol on a Telnet connection via


Ethernet or HyperTerminal on a serial, modem, or optical
port
AdvancedSecuritydoesnotaffecttheFactoryprotocol.Therefore,ifFrontPanel
Securityisenabled,youwillhavetoenterthepasswordtologintotheFactory
protocol.IftheFrontPanelSecurityisdisabledyoucanlogintotheFactory
protocolwithoutsupplyingapassword.
Onceloggedin,youcanchangethefollowing:
3.

IPAddress

4.

SubnetMask

5.

Gateway

6.

ResetBatteryCounters

7.

Enable/DisableFrontPanelSecurity

Ifyouwishtochangeadditionalconfigurationsettingsbeyondtheitemslisted
above,youmustcontactSchneiderElectric.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 69

Chapter 5 - Security

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Additional Revenue Metering Security


Tomeetgovernmentregulationsandutilitysecurityrequirements,therevenue
meterincorporatesadditionalsecuritysystems:
ahardwarelockedsecuritysystemthatpreventsmodificationofrevenue
quantitiesafterthemeterissealed.
atraditionalantitampermechanicalsealonthemeterbaseunit.

Hardware Lock Security Option


ThehardwarelockedsecurityfeatureisanorderingoptionforsomeION8600
meters.Thishardwarelockisfactoryset;tomakeconfigurationchangestobilling
parametersonahardwarelockedmeter,youmustfirstplacethemeterinTEST
mode.TheTESTmodebuttonislocatedundertheantitampersealedoutercover.
ThisbuttoncannotbeactivatedremotelywithaHardwareLockmeter.
Press this button to
enter TEST Mode

W 4WY
TEST
MODE

DEMAND
RESET
SHIFT
UP

SHIFT
DOWN

ALT /
ENTER

TheHardwareLockOptioncanbecombinedwithAdvancedSecurityandthe
FrontPanelSecuritytoofferthehighestlevelofsecurity.OncetheTESTbuttonis
activated,allrulesaboveforAdvancedandStandardSecuritystillapply.When
theTESTButtonisnotactivated,nochangestothelockedparameterscanbemade.
Thoseparametersthatarenotlockedareoutsidetherevenuemeteringspace.
HoweverifAdvancedSecurityandFrontPanelSecurityareenabled,theunlocked
portionofthemeterissecuredbytherulesforAdvancedandStandardSecurity.
Incertaincountriesthemeterisnolongerrevenuecertifiedifthehardwarelockis
broken.
Typicalvaluesthatareprotectedinclude:
kWh,kVARh,kVAhdelivered,received,delrec,del+rec.
kW,kVAR,kVAThermalandSlidingWindowdemandminandmaxvalues.
DigitalOutputscontrollingtheenergypulsingapplications.
AllPowersystemsettings,includingPTandCTratios.

Page 70

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 5 - Security

Locked Module Listings


Foracompletelistoflockedmodulesspecifictoyourmeteranditsfirmware,
pleasedownloadtheIONDeviceTemplateshelpfilefromthePowerLogicwebsite.

Anti-Tamper Sealing Methods


TheION8600meterusesthefollowingantitampersealingmethods.
Demand Reset Switch Seal
TheDemandResetswitchlocatedonthefrontpanelmaybesealedbyawireseal
orlockinsertedthroughthesideoftheswitch.Thissealdoesnothavetobebroken
toremovethemeterscover.
Socket Seals
AstandardANSIC12.7typesocketsealingringmaybeinplacetoholdthemeter
tothesocket.Whenremovingtheoutercover,thesealingringmustfirstbe
removed.Somesocketsealingringsfacilitatewireseals.
Outer Cover Seals
TheoutercoverofthemeterisfactorysealedtoitsbackplatewithaTtypeseal.
Dependingontheinstallation,thissealmaybeinaccessibleafterthemeteris
installeduntilyouremovethedevicefromthesocket.
Socket.

Outer cover.

Socket sealing
ring.

Demand Reset
Switch seal.
Outer cover
T-type seal.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 71

Chapter 5 - Security

Page 72

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Communications
Thischapterincludesgeneralinstructionsforconnectingandconfiguringallthe
communicationportsonyourmeter.
Forspecificinstallationstepsandmeterspecifications,consultyour
ION8600InstallationGuide.

In this chapter
Communications Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Communications Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SocketandSwitchboardMeters ..................................... 75
OptionalSwitchboardBreakoutPanel............................... 75
OptionalIRIGBGPSTimeSynchronization .......................... 75
CommunicationsAccessories ....................................... 76
Serial Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
RS232Connections ................................................... 78
RS485Connections ................................................... 79
GeneralBusWiringConsiderations ................................. 80
RS485ConnectionMethodstoAvoid ............................... 80
CommunicationsBreakoutCable ................................... 81
ConfiguringtheOpticalPort........................................... 82
Usingthefrontpanel .............................................. 82
UsingIONSetup ................................................. 82
UsingIONEnterprise ............................................. 83
ConfiguringEthernetConnections...................................... 83
Usingthefrontpanel .............................................. 84
UsingIONSetup ................................................. 84
UsingIONEnterprise ............................................. 84
ConfiguringEtherGateConnections..................................... 85
Usingthefrontpanel .............................................. 85
UsingIONSetup ................................................. 86
UsingIONEnterprise ............................................. 87
Internal Modem Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ModemInitSetupRegister ......................................... 88
TheModemGateProtocol .......................................... 91

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 73

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Communications Overview
Thefollowingillustrationshowsallthepossibleconnectionstothe
communicationscard.

Communications

Socket or switchboard meter connections

Ethernet 10Base-FL:
Fiber connectors.

Socket only

Modem on COM2:
RJ11 or RJ31 male
connector. See
Internal Modem
Connections on
page 88.

Serial COMs and


Expanded I/O: Molex
Micro-Fit 24 pin male
connector. See
Communications
Options on page 75.

Optional IRIG-B
GPS Time Synch.

Ethernet 10Base-T: RJ45


connector. See
Configuring Ethernet
Connections on page 83.

ANSI Type II
Magnetic Optical
Communications
Coupler on COM3.
This port is located
on the front panel.
See Configuring the
Optical Port on
page 82.

Page 74

Optional communications
break-out cable for serial
communications. Ordered
separately.
COM1: RS-232 or RS-485.
COM4: RS-485.
See Communications
Break-out Cable on
page 81.

Optional I/O Expander for serial


communications (and expanded I/O).
Ordered and shipped separately. For
more information, see the ION8600
I/O Expander documentation.
Serial COMs
Expanded I/O
COM1: RS-232 Eight Form A digital
or RS-485.
inputs.
Four Form C digital
COM4: RS-485 outputs (mechanical
relays).
Four Form A digital
outputs or four analog
outputs.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Communications Options
ION8600metershavenumerouscommunicationpossibilitiesdependingonyour
orderingpreferences.Notallmodelshaveexactlythesamecommunications
optionsavailable.RefertothePowerLogicwebsiteforthelatestorderingoptions
anddocumentation.Allcommunicationsportscanbeusedsimultaneously.

Socket and Switchboard Meters


Port
COM1
COM2

RS-232 / RS-485
Internal Modem RJ11 or
Internal Modem RJ31

COM3

Optical Port

COM4

RS-485

Network
1

Available Options

Notes
User selectable RS-232 or RS-485
Maximum 57.6 kbps baud rate modem.
ANSI Type II optical port located at front of
meter

Ethernet RJ45 (10Base-T)


Ethernet Fiber1 (10Base-FL)

Ethernet Fiber is only available on socket-style


meters, not switchboard.

Onboard I/O is not available with the Ethernet Fiber option.

Optional Switchboard Breakout Panel


Connector Type

Available

Comments

RS-485

Yes

Captured wire connector

RS-232

Yes

DB9 connector

Internal Modem RJ11

Yes

RJ11 connector

Internal Modem RJ31

No

RJ31 connector

Ethernet RJ45

Yes

RJ45 connector

Ethernet Fiber

No

This option available only on socket-style meters

Onboard I/O expansion

Yes

Captured wire connector


(requires onboard expansion I/O card)

IRIG-B

Yes

Captured wire connector


(requires optional IRIG-B feature)

Auxiliary Power

Yes

Terminal connectors
(requires one of the Auxiliary Power Options)

NOTE
The COMs on an I/O Expander are not enabled when connected to a breakout panel. Use the RS-485
and RS-232 provided on the breakout panel.

Optional IRIG-B GPS Time Synchronization


IRIGBcannotbeconfiguredviathemetersfrontpanel.SeetheIRIGBProduct
Optiondocumentforconfigurationprocedures.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 75

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Communications Accessories
Thefollowingaccessoriesarecurrentlyavailableasseparateproducts:
I/O Expander
ThePowerLogicI/OExpanderconnectswiththemaleMolexconnectoronthe
metertoprovideI/Ocapabilitiesaswellasaccesstostandardserial
communicationsports.RefertotheI/OExpanderInstallationGuideforcomplete
detailsaboutthisdevice.
Communications break-out cable
ThecommunicationsbreakoutcableconnectswiththemaleMolexconnectoron
themeter.Thisisapremadecablethatprovidesaccesstothestandardserial
communicationsportsonthemeter.
Molex extension cables
Molexextensioncablescanbeorderedinboth5and15feet(1.5or4.5meters)
lengths.
Optical probe
Theopticalprobeattachestotheopticalportonthefrontofthemeterandallows
onsitecommunications(e.g.withalaptopcomputer).

Page 76

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Serial Connections
IfthemetersCOM1portissettoRS232,youcanconnectthisporttoaremote
modem,whichinturnisconnectedtoaPC.YoumustuseanullmodemRS232
cabletoconnectthemetertoanexternalmodem.Oneendofthecablemustbe
equippedwithaMicroFit3.0MolexfemaleconnectorformatingwiththeMolex
maleconnectoronthemeter.
YoucanchainnumerousmetersCOM1ports,byselectingRS485andusingan
RS232toRS485converter(suchasCOM32orCOM128).

NOTE
You cannot use both RS-232 and RS-485 ports on the meters COM1 simultaneously.

Attach the Molex connector


from the meter to a break-out
cable or the I/O Expander.

local
modem

remote
modem
Telephone
Network

RS-232

meter with
external modem

nullmodem
PC workstation
Telephone
Network
remote
modem

RS-232/RS-485
converter

RS-485 chain of
meters and external
modem

IfyourmeterispartofanIONEnterprisepowermonitoringnetwork,youcan
configureyourlocalandremotemodemswithIONsoftware.Youcanalsouse
IONsoftwaretoscheduleregularconnectiontimestocollectmeterdata.
ExtensionMolexcableswithafemaleMolexconnectorsareavailablefromyour
supplier.Maximumoverallcablelengthis50feet(15.2m).Pinassignmentsforthe
MolexconnectorareprovidedintheION8600InstallationGuidethatshipswiththe
meter(alsoavailableatwww.powerlogic.com).

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 77

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

RS-232 Connections
RefertoION8600InstallationGuideforthemetersRS232specifications.
Becauseofthewiringconfigurationbetweenpins2and3,themeterisconsidered
aDTE(DataTerminalEquipment)deviceinallRS232connections.Inorderto
communicatedirectlytoaPCyoumustuseanullmodemcableortheoptional
breakoutcabletomatethepinoutsonthePCwiththemeter.Themaximumcable
lengthis50feet(15.2m).
DB9 Null Modem
Wiring Diagram
DCE
(computer)

DTE
(meter)

CommunicationssettingsfortheRS232portareaccessiblethroughthefrontpanel
Setupmenu(seeChapter2UsingtheFrontPanel)andwithIONsoftware.
Computer Connections

50 fee
t

(15.2 m
)m

ax

RS -232

Meter Connections

50 feet
(15.2 m
ma x
)

RS-232
to
RS -485
convert
er

RS-232

RS-485

Page 78

loop

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

External Modem Connections

RS -232

50 fee
t (15.2
m)
ma x

RS-485 Connections
RefertotheION8600InstallationGuideforRS485specifications.
IfyouhavenotinstalledtheI/OExpanderorthecommunicationsbreakoutcable,
acustomcableisrequiredtoconnecttheD+andDpinsfromthemaleMolex
connectortotheRS485databus.TheI/OExpanderboxiswiredasaDTEdevice
andrequiresaNULLmodemcable/adaptertoconnecttotheserialport.
ThebreakoutcablestwistedpairprovideconnectionsforbothofthemetersRS
485serialcommunicationsports.ThefirstsetisforCOM1RS485connections.The
secondsetisforCOM4RS485communications.
Upto32devicescanbeconnectedonasingleRS485bus.Useagoodquality
shieldedtwistedpaircableforeachRS485bus,AWG22(0.33mm2)orlarger.The
overalllengthoftheRS485cableconnectingalldevicescannotexceed4000feet
(1219m).TheRS485busmaybeconfiguredinstraightlineorlooptopologies.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 79

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Straight-Line Topology
Wiring color codes for the Molex
cable are provided in the
ION8600 Installation Guide that
ships with the meter and are
available at www.powerlogic.com.
RS-232 to
RS-485
Converter

RT

Termination
Resistor

RT

shield

Loop Topology
shield
RS-232 to
RS-485
Converter

Termination
Block

General Bus Wiring Considerations


Devicesconnectedonthebus,includingthemeter,converter(s)andother
instrumentation,mustbewiredasfollows:
Connecttheshieldofeachsegmentofthecabletogroundatoneendonly.
Isolatecablesasmuchaspossiblefromsourcesofelectricalnoise.
Useanintermediateterminalstriptoconnecteachdevicetothebus.Thisallows
foreasyremovalofadeviceforservicingifnecessary.
InstallaWattterminationresistor(RT)betweenthe(+)and()terminalsofthe
deviceateachendpointofastraightlinebus.Theresistorshouldmatchthe
nominalimpedanceoftheRS485cable(typically120ohmsconsultthe
manufacturersdocumentationforthecablesimpedancevalue).

RS-485 Connection Methods to Avoid


AnydeviceconnectionthatcausesabranchinthemainRS485busshouldbe
avoided.Thisincludesstarandtee(T)methods.Thesewiringmethodscancause
signalreflectionsthatmayleadtointerference.AtanyconnectionpointontheRS
485bus,nomorethantwocablesshouldbeconnected.Thisincludesconnection
pointsoninstruments,converters,andterminalstrips.Followingthisguideline
ensuresthatbothstarandteeconnectionsareavoided.

Page 80

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Avoid 3-way Star


connection point

Avoid 3-way T
connection point

Communications Break-out Cable


RefertotheION8600InstallationGuidefortheDB9serialpinassignmentsforthe
optionalbreakoutcablefemaleDB9connector.Acommunicationsbreakout
cablefacilitatescommunicationsconnectionsbyconnectingtotheMolexmale
connectoronyourmeter.ThecablesplitstoastandardDB9femaleconnectorand
twoRS485shielded,twistedpairs.Cablelengthis152cm(5feet).
Molex male
from the meter

Two RS-485
twisted pairs
DB9 female
connector

RS-485 shield

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 81

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring the Optical Port


RefertotheION8600InstallationGuideforinfraredportspecifications.
TheinfraredportavailableontheION8600metersiscompatiblewithstandard
magneticopticalcommunicationscouplers,oropticalprobes(ANSITypeII).
OpticalprobesareavailablebothfromSchneiderElectricandothersuppliersasa
separateproduct;contactSchneiderElectricforalistofsuppliers.Theoriginal
equipmentmanufacturerswarrantywillapply.SeethetechnicalnoteOptical
MagneticCouplersformoredetailedinformation.
OpticalprobescancommunicaterealtimemeasurementsviatheION,Modbus
RTU,DNP3.0,Factory,orGPSprotocols.Youcanconfiguretheopticalport
communicationssettingswiththefrontpanel,withIONSetup,orwiththe
DesignercomponentofIONEnterprise.

Using the front panel


1.

PressandholdtheAlt/Enterbuttonforafewseconds.TheSETUPMENUwill
appear.

2.

UsetheUporDownarrowbuttonstochooseCOM3SETUP.

3.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttontoaccessCOM3SETUPparameters.

4.

ConfiguretheCOM3BaudRate,UnitID,andProtocolparameterstomatchyour
communicationssystem.

Using ION Setup


1.

RunIONSetupandconnecttotheappropriatemeter.

2.

DoubleclickonSetupAssistantintherightsideoftheNetworkViewer.

3.

IntheSetupscreens,navigatetoCommunications>SerialSettings.

4.

ClicktheCOM3tabandconfiguretheBaudRate,UnitID,andProtocol
parameterstomatchyourcommunicationssystem.

Toenablecommunicationsfromtheinfraredport,youmustconfiguretheCOM3
Communicationsmodule.TheProtocol,theBaudRateandUnitIDsetupregisters
mustproperlymatchyoursystem.WhencreatinganIONsite,ensuretheRtsCtsis
disabled(settoNo)intheCOM3serialsite.
RefertotheManagementConsolesectionoftheonlineIONEnterpriseHelpfor
moredetailsaboutaddingserialsites.

Page 82

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Using ION Enterprise


1.

FromtheManagementConsole,select(orcreate)adirectsitefromthe
managementconsole.

2.

ConfiguretheCOM3communicationsmodule(refertotheonlineION
Enterprisehelpfordetails).EnsuretheProtocol,theBaudRate,andUnitIDsetup
registersproperlymatchyoursystem.
This is your PCs
(workstations) COM port.

If you are using ION


software, ensure that
RtsCts is disabled for the
infrared port's site in
Management Console.

Configuring Ethernet Connections


ThissectiononlyappliesifyourmeterhasanEthernetoption.Refertothe
ION8600InstallationGuideforEthernetportspecifications.

Ethern
et

EthernetconnectionsaremadeviatheRJ45modularjackontherearoftheunit
(10BaseToption)orviatwomaleSTconnectors(fibre10BaseFLoption).Usehigh
qualityCategory3,4or5UTPcable(RJ45femaletoRJ45male)ifyourequirean
extension.TheoptionalEthernetportiscapableofdataratesupto10Mbps,and
supportsTCP/IP,ION,Telnet,andModbus/TCPprotocols.TheEthernetportis
controlledbytheETH1Communicationsmodule.
TheEtherGatefeatureprovidescommunicationsbothtoanEthernetconnected
deviceandthroughthatdevicetoaconnectedserialnetwork(SeeConfiguring
EtherGateConnectionsonpage 85).
YoucanconfiguretheEthernetCommunicationsmoduletoenableEthernet
communicationsusingthefrontpanel,IONSetuporIONEnterprise.Ineachcase,
youmustconfiguretheIPAddress,SubnetMask,Gateway,SMTPServerandSMTP
ConnectionTimeouttoproperlymatchyoursystem.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 83

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Using the front panel


1.

SelectNETWORKSETUPfromthemainSetupmenu(holddownthe
Alt/Enterkeyforabout3secondsandscrolldownusingthesoftkeys).

2.

ConfiguretheEthernetCommunicationsmoduleIPAddress,SubnetMask,
Gateway,SMTPServerandSMTPConnectionTimeoutsetupregisterstomatch
yourcommunicationssystem.

Using ION Setup


OnceyouhavewiredyourmetertotheEthernetnetworkandperformedbasic
setup,addthemetertoyourIONSetupnetworkingusingtheSetupAssistant.
1.

RunIONSetupandconnecttotheappropriatemeter.

2.

DoubleclickonSetupAssistantintherightsideoftheNetworkViewer.

3.

IntheSetupscreens,navigatetoCommunications>NetworkSettings.

4.

ClickthevarioustabstoconfiguretheIPAddress,SubnetMask,Gateway,SMTP
ServerandSMTPConnectionTimeoutsetupregisterstomatchyour
communicationssystem.

Using ION Enterprise


AfteryouhavewiredyourmetertotheEthernetnetworkandperformedbasic
setup,addthemetertoyourIONEnterprisenetworkusingtheManagement
Console.ItisnotnecessarytoaddanEthernetsite.
ToenablecommunicationsthroughtheEthernetport,youmustconfigurethe
Ethernet(Communications)module.LaunchDesignerandconfiguretheIP
Address,SubnetMask,Gateway,SMTPServerandSMTPConnectionTimeout
registerstomatchyoursystem.
Adding an Ethernet device to your ION Enterprise Network
IntheManagementConsole,theEthernetDeviceOptionsscreenappearswhen
youaddanEthernetdevice(meter).Usethisscreentodescribeyourmeter
Ethernetaddressandothercommunicationsinformation.Besuretoinclude:
theservercomputerthatcommunicateswiththeEthernetdevice

Page 84

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

theEthernetdeviceTCP/IPaddress

Configuring EtherGate Connections


TheEtherGateprotocolisapowerfulcommunicationstoolthatletsyou
communicatetoameterandthroughametersimultaneously.Whenameter
installedontheEthernetnetworkhasEtherGateenabled,amasterdevice(suchas
aworkstationrunningIONEnterprisesoftware)cancommunicatetothemeter,
andthroughthemetertoaserialnetworkofdeviceswiredtothemetersCOMport.
EtherGateisavailableonserialportsCOM1andCOM4inplaceoftheION,
ModbusMaster,ModbusRTU,orDNP3.00protocols.Theprotocolpermitsthe
directtransferofdatafromupto62devices(31devicesperCOMport).

Ethern

et

Each device in the


serial network must
have a unique Unit
ID and operate at
the same baud rate.

Specifying the TCP/IP Port


instructs the ION gateway
meter to:
7801talk through COM1
7802talk through COM4

Onceyouhavethechainofserialdevicesinstalled,useDesignerorthemeters
frontpaneltochangetheCOM1orCOM4ProtocolsettingtoEtherGate.The
transferofdatabetweenprotocolsisthenhandledautomatically.

Using the front panel

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

PressandholdtheAlt/EnterbuttonforafewsecondstoreachtheSetup
screens.

2.

PresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstoscrolltoCOM1Setup(orCOM4,
dependingonyourmetersoptions).PressAlt/EntertogototheCOM1Setup
parameters.

Page 85

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

3.

ScrolltoProtocolandpressAlt/Enter.ChangetheportsProtocolsettingto
EtherGateusingtheUporDownarrowbuttons.

Using ION Setup


1.

RunIONSetupandconnecttotheappropriatemeter.

2.

DoubleclickonSetupAssistantintherightsideoftheNetworkViewer.

3.

IntheSetupscreens,navigatetoCommunications>PortSettingsandclickthe
COM1tab.

4.

SelectProtocol,clickEditandselectEtherGate.

RefertoTheIONMeterasanEthernetGatewaytechnicalnoteforcompletedetailson
configuringyourmeterforEtherGate.

Page 86

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Using ION Enterprise


1.

TocommunicatetothedevicesontheRS485loop,youmustuseION
Enterprisesoftware.UsetheManagementConsoletocreateaGatewaySite.

2.

OnceyouhavecreatedaGatewaySiteaddeachofthedevicesontheRS485
looptoit(butnotthegatewaymeteritself).

3.

WhenconfiguringtheGatewaySite,entertheIPAddressofthemeterandtheIP
ServicePorttomatchtheCOMportyouareusing:
7801=EtherGateIPserviceportonCOM1
7802=EtherGateIPserviceportonCOM4

TheDeviceslistintheManagementConsoleappearsasfollows:

The ION8600 appears in


the Devices list, because it
must be configured as an
Ethernet device before you
can configure it as an
Ethernet Gateway Site.
The devices that reside on the RS-485
loop connected to the ION8600.

The Gateway Site - set the IP Service Port


7801 for COM1 or 7802 for COM4. The
number following the IP Service Port
number is the devices unique Unit ID.

NOTE
In the above configuration you communicate with the devices in the RS-485 loop through the meter. You
must add the meter to an additional Ethernet Site to communicate directly to the meter.

Communicating directly TO the meter


InordertoconnectdirectlyoverEthernet,enterthemetersIPaddresswhen
promptedbythesoftware.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 87

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Internal Modem Connections


Thissectiononlyappliesifyourmeterhastheinternalmodemoption.Refertothe
ION8600InstallationGuideforinternalmodemspecifications.

Telepho

ne Netw

ork

TheinternalmodemisaccessedthroughCOM2andsupportsallstandardmodem
protocolsattransmissionratesfrom300 bpsto57600bps(300bpsisonly
recommendedforpagingapplications)andcanbesharedbyupto31deviceson
anRS485chain.ItisavailablewithastandardsixpinRJ11phoneplug,oran
eightpinRJ31.IfyouhavemultiplemeterslinkedonanRS485loop,onlythefirst
meterrequiresaninternalmodem.ThissetupisreferredtoasaModemGate(see
TheModemGateProtocolonpage 91).Youcanconfigurethesettingsofthe
internalmodemwiththefrontpanelorwithIONsoftware.
Toenablecommunicationsthroughthemetersinternalmodem,configurethe
COM2communicationsmoduleBaudRate,UnitID,andProtocolsetupregistersto
properlymatchyoursystem,andsetuptheinitializationstringfortheinternal
modemmustbeusingtheModemInitregister.

NOTE
When the meter is equipped with the ION Alert module, the modem can initiate calls. Paging is supported
through numeric paging and the TAP1 protocol. See the ION Enterprise Administrators Guide for details
on managing modem connections, setting up periodic dial-out and configuring remote site event
notification.

ModemInit Setup Register


TheModemInitstringregisterdefinestheinitializationstringfortheinternal
modemwithamaximumof47characters.EdittheModemInitregisterandenterthe
desiredinitializationstring.Thestringissenttothemodemassoonasyou
downloadtheCOM1module.Notethatthestringisalsosenttothemodem
wheneverthemeterispowereduporthebaudrateintheCOM1Communications
moduleischanged.AnychangestotheModemInitorBaudRatesetupregisters
whilethemodemisonlinecausesthemodemtodisconnectfromthephoneline.

CAUTION
Changing the ModemInit setup register while the internal modem is online causes the modem to
disconnect from the phone line.

Page 88

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Modem Initialization Strings


RefertotheModemATCommandstechnicalnoteforacompletelistofAT
commandsformetermodems.

NOTE
The technical note also contains instructions on how you can determine your meters modem type based
on the meters serial number.

Adjusting the Modem Initialization String for CTR-21 Compliant modems


Thetablebelowshowsthestringstoaddtotheendofyourmodemconfiguration
stringsetupregisterforeachofthreepossibleproblems.
Problem

Add to Modem Initialization String

Does not answer


(modem does not detect ring tone)

*NC70

Does not dial


(modem does not detect dial tone)

In order of preference:
*NC70, *NC70X0, *NC8 (Italy only)

Does not detect busy signal

*NC70

Ifyourlocalmodem(nottheinternalmodem)isnotalreadysetup,configureit
withtheRemoteModemConfigurationUtilityaccordingtotheinstructionsinthe
onlinehelp.Afterthemeterisinstalledandtheinternalmodemisconnectedtothe
telephonenetwork,theCOM2modulecanbeconfiguredusingthemetersfront
panelorIONsoftware.Tolearnhowtoconnecttheinternalmodemtothe
telephonenetwork,consultyourION8600InstallationGuide.

NOTE
The ION Enterprise Commissioning Guide contains details on: commissioning an ION network,
managing modem connections, setting up periodic dial-out, and configuring remote site event
notification.

Configuring the COM2 module through the front panel

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

PressandholdtheAlt/EnterbuttonandscrolltoCOM2Setup.

2.

SelectCOM2SetuptoconfiguretheCOM2communicationsmodule
BaudRate,UnitID,andProtocolsetupregisterstoyourcommunicationssystem.

Page 89

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring the COM2 module via Designer


BeforeyoucanconfiguretheCOM2moduleinDesigneryoumustaddthemeter
(withtheinternalmodem)andamodemsitetoyourIONEnterprisenetwork.
Adding a meter and a modem site to your ION Enterprise network
IntheManagementConsole,addthemeterwiththeinternalmodem,anda
modemsitetoyourIONEnterprisenetwork.Describehowyourremotemodem
iswiredandothercommunicationsinformationontheoptionsscreens.
EitherbeforeorafteraddingtheModemSite,youmustaddadialoutmodemto
theservercomputer.Theservercomputerdialoutmodemcommunicatestothe
modematthemodemsite.SeetheIONEnterpriseCommissioningGuideformore
information.
OntheModemSiteOptionsscreen,besuretoinclude:
theservercomputerthatwillcommunicatewiththeremotemodem
theremotemodemtelephonenumber

Remote modem telephone


number.

To avoid excessive communication


errors, the baud rate of the modem
site should match the baud rate of
the COM2 port of the meter.

Server computer that


communicates with the
remote modem. Ensure that
the server computer dialout
modem is configured.
Pick a local modem type
from the drop-down box.

Page 90

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Configuring the COM2 Communications module in Designer


LaunchDesigner,andconfiguretheCOM2CommunicationsmoduleBaudRate,
UnitID,andProtocolsetupregisterstomatchyourcommunicationssystem.
ConfiguretheinitializationstringfortheinternalmodemusingtheModemInit
register.RefertoModemInitSetupRegisteronpage 88.

The ModemGate Protocol


ModemGateisapowerfulfeaturethatcreatesacommunicationsconnection
betweenthetelephonenetworkandanRS485serialnetworkofdevices.When
youspecifytheprotocolforametersCOMportasMODEMGATE,alldatareceived
bythemetersinternalmodemisautomaticallytransferredtotheserialnetwork.
ModemGateisavailableoneithertheCOM1orCOM4port;youcannotusethe
protocolonbothportssimultaneously.

Workstation with
ION Enterprise
and modem.

Telepho
ne

Meter with internal


modem on COM2.
The serial network is
connected to COM1.
Network

Each device on the RS-485 loop,


including the gateway meters internal
modem, must have a unique Unit ID.
All serial devices must operate at the
same baud rate as the gateway meter.

Thebaudrateusedbetweenconnectedmodemsisindependentoftheinternal
baudrateusedforcommunicationbetweenthemeteranditsmodem.
WireaserialconnectionbetweenoneormoremetersandthemeterCOMport
hostingtheModemGate(COM1orCOM4).YoucanmakeModemGate
connectionsthroughanRS232cabletoasingledevice,orthroughanRS485
shieldedtwistedpaircabletomultipledevices.ModemGateconnectionsdonot
connectaworkstationrunningIONEnterprise(orothermasterdevice)tothe
gatewaymetersCOM1orCOM4port,butrathertothegatewaymetersinternal
modemport(COM2).

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 91

Chapter 6 - Communications

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring the meter for ModemGate


1.

Installthemeterandconnecttheinternalmodem.

2.

UsethefrontpanelorIONsoftwaretosetuptheinternalmodemandtheserial
communicationsport(COM1orCOM4)thatistheModemGate.Thedefaultfor
theseportsis:
Communications modules

Setting
Comm Mode

COM1
(Standard RS-232/485 port)

COM2 (Modem Port)

COM4
(RS-485 port)

Default
RS-485

Baud Rate

9600

Unit ID

100

Protocol

ION

Baud Rate

9600

Unit ID

101

Protocol

ION

Modem Init Strings

AT&F

Baud Rate

9600

Unit ID

103

Protocol

ION

NOTE
You can enable ModemGate on either COM1 or COM4, not both simultaneously.

3.

SettheinternalmodemCOM2BaudRate,UnitIDandProtocol.Thebaudrate
mustbethesameastheporthostingthegatewayandallthedevicesconnected
tothegateway.

4.

SettheprotocoloftheporthostingthegatewaytoMODEMGATE(eitherCOM1
orCOM4).Youmustalsosetthebaudratetothesameasthemodembaudrate
(COM2).

Configuring devices connected to the ModemGate meter


1.

UseIONsoftwareorthefrontpaneltochangeandconfiguresettings.Ensure
eachdeviceconnectedtothemeterhasthesamebaudrateasthemeter
ModemGateport(eitherCOM1orCOM4).

2.

EnsureeachdeviceconnectedontheRS485network(includingthemeter
modem)hasauniqueUnitIDnumber.Makearecordofyourchanges.

NOTE
In order to configure the dial-in connection the system administrator requires the serial baud rate of the
modem site and a record of the Unit ID numbers for every device.

3.

Page 92

EnsureRS485isselectedforconnectionstomultipledevicesalongthesame
bus.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 6 - Communications

Adding ModemGate meters to the network


1.

OnceyouhavecreatedaModemSiteusingtheManagementConsole,addthe
meterandalldevicesconnectedtotheModemGateport.

2.

EnsureeachmeteronthemodemSitehasauniqueUnitIDnumber(the
technicianwhoinstalledthemeterattheremotesiteshouldprovideyouwith
thisinformation).

RefertotheIONMeterasaModemGatetechnicalnoteforcompletedetailson
configuringyourmeterforModemGate.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 93

Chapter 6 - Communications

Page 94

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Third Party Protocols


ThischapterexplainshowModbusandDNP3.0protocolsareimplementedonthe
ION8600meter.
ItalsocontainsbriefinstructionsforconfiguringyourmetertoworkwithMV90
systems.

In this chapter
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
CommunicationsProtocolConfiguration ................................ 96
The Meter as Modbus Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
UsingtheModbusRTUProtocol........................................ 97
ModbusSlaveModules................................................ 98
UsingtheModbus/TCPProtocol....................................... 104
The Meter as Modbus Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Configuring Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Using the DNP 3.0 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ConfiguringDNP3.0................................................. 108
Configuring MV90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 95

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Overview
ION8600meterssupportDNP3.0,ModbusRTUandModbus/TCPprotocols.
Whileyourmeterisfactoryconfiguredtosenddata(actingasModbusSlave),itis
notreadytoreceivedataasaModbusMasteruntilyousetupthenecessary
framework.ThemeterisalsopreconfiguredtosendDNP3.0datatoaDNP
Master.

NOTE
Changing the default factory third-party protocol frameworks (or creating new frameworks to enable
receive functionality) is an advanced procedure. Refer to the DNP modules and Modbus modules
descriptions in the ION Reference, as well as the technical notes Multiport DNP 3.0 and ION Technology,
and Modbus and ION Technology before proceeding.

MostModbusandDNPmodulesonthemeterarefactorypresetandonlyrequire
basicconfiguration,suchascommunicationssetup.

NOTE
Changing these modules from their factory configuration is an advanced setup procedure that requires
an understanding of the protocol, as well as an understanding of the meters internal operation. For more
information on your meter and these protocols see the Common Modbus Registers document and the
ION8600 DNP 3.0 Device Profile.

Communications Protocol Configuration


InordertousethefactoryModbusorDNPconfiguration,youmustfirstassignthe
communicationschannelyouwanttouse.Bydefault,allcommunicationsports
areconfiguredtousetheIONprotocol.Choosethe3rdpartyprotocolyouwant
fromthelistofavailableprotocolsintheCommunicationsmodulesProtocol
setupregister.SeethechapterCommunicationsonpage 73forinstructions.

NOTE
Modbus RTU is available on each of the meters communications ports, and multiple ports can
communicate using Modbus simultaneously. Up to three ports can use the DNP 3.00 protocol at any one
time.

Page 96

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

The Meter as Modbus Slave


YourmetercanactasaModbusSlave,usingboththeModbusRTUandModbus/
TCPprotocols.

Using the Modbus RTU Protocol


TheION8600metercanactasaModbusSlavedevice,makinganyrealtimedata
availablethroughtheModiconModbusRTUprotocol.ModbusMasterdevices
connectedtothemetercanaccess(read)thisdataorwritedatatoyourmetersION
registers,makingdeviceconfigurationchangesandinitiatingcontrolactions.

The Factory Modbus Slave Configuration


ThemetermakesdataavailabletoModbusMasterdevicesusingpreconfigured
ModbusSlavemodules.Thesemodulesarelinkedtoothermodulesinthemeter
thatprovidetheenergy,poweranddemanddata.Onceacommunicationschannel
isconfiguredtouseModbusRTUprotocol,thedataisavailabletoModbusMaster
devices.

NOTE
Connect to IP Service Port 7701 for Modbus RTU communications over Ethernet. The Modbus Unit ID of
the meter over Ethernet is 100.

Set the COM port to


the Modbus RTU
protocol
Communications Port
Power Meter
Module

VIn a

Modbus Slave
Module

40011
Data is available
to Modbus
master devices

ION meter

Measured data is
linked to the Modbus
modules input

Modbus Slave
module outputs data
in Modbus format

AsthedataavailablethroughtheModbusSlavemodulesisinaspecificformat,
knowledgeoftheModbusprotocolandanunderstandingofthesettingsusedin
themeterarerequiredtointerpretthedataprovided.

Changing the Modbus Configuration


IfthefactoryModbusconfigurationdoesnotsuityourneeds,theexistingModbus
Slavemodulescanberelinkedtootherparametersthatyouwanttoaccessthrough
Modbus.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 97

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

IfyourModbusMasterdevicerequiresdatainaformatdifferentthanthat
providedbythefactoryModbusconfiguration,youcaneditthesetupregistersin
theModbusSlavemodules.ThesesetupregistersspecifytheModbusformat,
scalingandbaseaddresssettings.RefertotheIONReferenceforcompletedetails
ontheModbusSlavemodule.

Modbus Slave Modules


TheION8600meterhastenModbusslavemodules.Modules15arepartofthe
originalmodbusmappingandarepreservedforbackwardcompatibility.Ifyou
areusingthenewModbusmapping(modules610),youcandeletemodules15.

Modbus Slave Module


(original mapping)

Modbus Slave Module


(new mapping)

Volts/Amps/Freq

Amp/freq/unbal

Power/PF

Volts

Min/Max/Demand

kW/kVAr/kVA

Energy/THD

kWh/kVArh

Flicker Count

10

PF/THD/Kfactor

ThesettingsforyourModbusSlavemodulesfollow.

Page 98

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

Amp/Freq/Unbal
Format:

unsigned 16 bit

InZero:

Base Address:

40150

InFull:

6,000

Scaling:

Yes

OutZero:

OutFull:

60,000

Input

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Modbus Registers

Parameter

Source #1

40150

Ia

Source #2

40151

Ib

Source #3

40152

Ic

Source #4

40153

I4

Source #5

40154

I5

Source #6

40155

I avg

Source #7

40156

I avg mn

Source #8

40157

I avg mx

Source #9

40158

I avg mean

Source #10

40159

Freq

Source #11

40160

Freq mn

Source #12

40161

Freq mx

Source #13

40162

Freq mean

Source #14

40163

V unbal

Source #15

40164

I unbal

Source #16

40165

Phase Rev

Page 99

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Volts
Format:

unsigned 32 bit

InZero:

Base Address:

40166

InFull:

1,000,000

Scaling:

No

OutZero:

OutFull:

10,000,000

Input

Page 100

Modbus Registers

Parameter

Source #1

40166 to 40167

Vln a

Source #2

40168 to 40169

Vln b

Source #3

40170 to 40171

Vln c

Source #4

40172 to 40173

Vln avg

Source #5

40174 to 40175

Vln avg mx

Source #6

40176 to 40177

Source #7

40178 to 40179

Vll ab

Source #8

40180 to 40181

Vll bc

Source #9

40182 to 40183

Vll ca

Source #10

40184 to 40185

Vll avg

Source #11

40186 to 40187

Vll avg mx

Source #12

40188 to 40189

Vll avg mean

Source #13

40190 to 40191

Source #14

40192 to 40193

Source #15

40194 to 40195

Source #16

40196 to 40197

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

kW/kVAr/kVA
Format:

signed 32 bit

InZero:

Base Address:

40198

InFull:

1,000,000,000

Scaling:

No

OutZero:

-1,000,000

OutFull:

1,000,000

Input

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Modbus Registers

-1,000,000,000

Parameter

Source #1

40198 to 40199

kW a

Source #2

40200 to 40201

kW b

Source #3

40202 to 40203

kW c

Source #4

40204 to 40205

kW tot

Source #5

40206 to 40207

kW tot max

Source #6

40208 to 40209

kVAR a

Source #7

40210 to 40211

kVAR b

Source #8

40212 to 40213

kVAR c

Source #9

40214 to 40215

kVAR tot

Source #10

40216 to 40217

kVAR tot max

Source #11

40218 to 40219

kVA a

Source #12

40220 to 40221

kVA b

Source #13

40222 to 40223

kVA c

Source #14

40224 to 40225

kVA tot

Source #15

40226 to 40227

kVA tot max

Source #16

40228 to 40229

Page 101

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

kWh/kVArh
Format:

signed 32 bit

InZero:

Base Address:

40230

InFull:

1,000,000,000

Scaling:

No

OutZero:

-1,000,000

OutFull:

1,000,000

Input

Page 102

-1,000,000,000

Modbus Registers

Parameter

Source #1

40230 to 40231

kWh del

Source #2

40232 to 40233

kWh rec

Source #3

40234 to 40235

kVARh del

Source #4

40236 to 40237

kVARh rec

Source #5

40238 to 40239

kVAh del+rec

Source #6

40240 to 40241

Source #7

40242 to 40243

Source #8

40244 to 40245

Source #9

40246 to 40247

Source #10

40248 to 40249

Source #11

40250 to 40251

Source #12

40252 to 40253

Source #13

40254 to 40255

Source #14

40256 to 40257

Source #15

40258 to 40259

Source #16

40260 to 40261

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PF/THD/Kfactor
Format:

signed 16 bit

InZero:

-100

Base Address:

40262

InFull:

100

Scaling:

No

OutZero:

-10,000

OutFull:

10,000

Input

Modbus Registers

Parameter

Source #1

40262

PF sign a

Source #2

40263

PF sign b

Source #3

40264

PF sign c

Source #4

40265

PF sign tot

Source #5

40266

V1 THD mx

Source #6

40267

V2 THD mx

Source #7

40268

V3 THD mx

Source #8

40269

I1 THD mx

Source #9

40270

I2 THD mx

Source #10

40271

I3 THD mx

Source #11

40272

I1 K Factor

Source #12

40273

I2 K Factor

Source #13

40274

I3 K Factor

Source #14

40275

I1 Crest Factor

Source #15

40276

I2 Crest Factor

Source #16

40277

I3 Crest Factor

Importing Data using Modbus RTU


ItispossibletobringdataintothemeterusingModbus.VariousIONregisterscan
bewrittenbyModbusMasterdevicesbycorrelatingtheModbusregisternumber
withtheaddressoftheIONregisteryouwanttowrite.WhenaModbusregisteris
writtenwithavalue,thecorrespondingIONregisterwillbewritten,providedthe
ModbusRTUprotocolisactiveonthecommunicationschannelthatconnectsthe
ModbusMastertothemeter.
YoucanusetheModbusRTUprotocoltowritevaluesintoIONexternalnumeric,
pulseandBooleanregisters,allowingyoutoenable,disableandresetmeter
functions.YoucanalsousetheModbusprotocoltochangesetupregistervaluesin
variousIONmodulestoconfigurethemetersoperation.
TobringdataintothemeterwithModbusRTU,youmustdisablethemeters
passwordsecurity.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 103

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

CAUTION
Writing to ION external boolean or external numeric registers via communications at a high rate (faster
than once per minute) will cause premature flash memory failure. For possible workarounds, contact
Technical Support

Using the Modbus/TCP Protocol


Modbus/TCPisthenewestopenModbusprotocolvariant(formerlycalled
MBAP).Itdefinesthepacketstructureandconnectionport(port502)forthe
industrystandardTCP/IPprotocol.ThestructureofModbus/TCPisverysimilar
totheModbusRTUpacketexceptthatithasanextrasixbyteheaderanddoesnot
usethecyclicredundancycheck(CRC).Modbus/TCPretainstheModbusRTU
limitof256bytestoapacket.

Modbus TCP Communications


YoucancommunicatetothemeterusingModbusTCP(formerlycalledMBAP).
YourmetermusthavetheoptionalEthernetport.Connecttosocket502.

Ether
net

Connect to socket 502

NOTE
You cannot form an EtherGate connection to the Modbus TCP network.

Page 104

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

The Meter as Modbus Master


YourmetercanactasaModbusMasterusingtheModbusRTUandModbus/TCP
protocols.
TheIONmeteractingasModbusMastercanwritedatato(export),andreaddata
from(import)ModbusSlavedevices,usingvariousIONmodules.Thedatacanbe
processedbythemeterandsentoutusingothercommunicationsmethods(email,
IONsoftware,etc.).Themetercanalsosendcontrolcommandsordatadirectlyto
otherdevicesonaModbusnetwork.

The Factory Modbus Master Configuration


ThereisnopreconfiguredframeworkforModbusmasteringonyourmeter.Your
meterstemplatecontainsModbusImportmodulesthatcanreadvaluesand
ModbusExportmodulesthatcanwritedatabuttheymustbeenabledand
configuredinaframeworkfirst.
SeetheModbusandIONTechnologytechnicalformoreinformationonModbus
Masterconfigurationforyourmeter.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 105

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring Modbus
Using the Front Panel
YoucannotconfigureModbusthroughthemetersfrontpanel.Youcanonly
assigntheModbusprotocoltocommunicationports.Seethechapter
Communicationsonpage 73fordetails.

Using ION Setup


TheModbusSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfigureModbusMasterandSlave
functionalityforyourmeter.

Page 106

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoCommunications>3rdPartyProtocols

3.

ClickontheModbusSlavetabtoedittheModbusSlavemodules.

4.

Selectthemapname(inthisexample,thedefaultmap)andclickEdit.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

5.

ThedefaultModbusmapeditorappears,allowingyoutoedit,add,deleteorset
thenameofModbusSlavemoduleregisters.

6.

ClickontheModbusMastertabtoedittheModbusImportmodules.

7.

ClicktheAddbuttontoaddaModbusSlavedevice.

8.

TheModbusDevicescreenappears.EntertheSlavedevicesinformation(inthis
example,anION6200)andclickOKtoadd.

SeetheModbusandIONTechnologytechnicalnoteformoreinformation.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 107

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Using the DNP 3.0 Protocol


TheDistributedNetworkProtocolVersion3.0(DNP3.0)isanopenprotocolused
intheelectricutilityindustryforcommunicationsandinteroperabilityamong
substationcomputers,RemoteTerminalUnits(RTUs),IntelligentElectronic
Devices(IEDs,e.g.meters),andMasterStations.
YoumetercanbeintegratedintoaDNPnetworkasaDNPSlave,usingtheDNP
SlaveImport,DNPSlaveExportandDNPSlaveOptionsmodules.Formore
informationonthevariousDNPmodules,seetheIONReference.
Yourmetersupportsamaximumofthreeconcurrentconnections(orsessions)
usingtheDNP3.0protocol;oneforeachserialport,uptothreeusingEthernet,or
acombinationofboth.Combinationsavailablewilldependonthemeters
communicationsoptions.AsessionconsistsofallincomingandoutgoingDNP
Master/Slavetrafficononeofthemeterscommunicationsports.
ConsulttheDNPUsersGroupathttp://www.dnp.org/tolearnmoreaboutthe
protocol.

The Factory DNP 3.0 Configuration


YourmeterispreconfiguredwithaDNPframeworkthatallowsforbasicDNP
Slavefunctionality.DNPSlaveExportmodulesareusedtosenddatatotheDNP
MasterwhileDNPSlaveOptionsmodulesprovidepersessionsettingssuchas
communicationsoptions.Althoughsomeminorsetupoftheframeworkis
necessarybeforeitbecomesenabled(assigningtheDNPprotocoltothe
communicationsportsetc.),mostmodulesettingsshouldnotrequirealteration.
ForinformationonyourmetersdefaultDNPmapandfactoryconfiguration,see
theION8600DNP3.0DeviceProfile.
Importing Data using DNP 3.0
DatacanbeimportedintothemeterfromaDNPcontrolrelayoranalogoutput
device.DNPSlaveImportmodulesareusedtotakeaDNPAnalogoutputor
BinaryoutputobjectandmapthemintoIONregisters.

NOTE
DNP Slave Import modules are not part of the factory DNP framework and must be added manually.
Refer to the DNP Slave Import module description in the ION Reference for details.

Configuring DNP 3.0


IfthefactoryDNPconfigurationdoesnotsuityourneeds,youcanrelinkthe
existingDNPSlaveExportmodulestoaccessadifferentsetofparametersthrough
DNP.Alternately,youcanaddadditionalDNPSlaveExportmodulesandlinkthe
desiredIONparameterstothem.

Page 108

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

IfyourDNPnetworkrequiresdatainaformatdifferentthanthatprovidedbythe
factoryDNPconfiguration,youcaneditthesetupregistersintheDNPSlave
ExportmodulesandtheDNPSlaveOptionsmodules.Donotmakeanychanges
totheDNPSlaveOptionsmodulessetupregistersunlessyouunderstandthe
effectseachchangewillcause.RefertotheIONReferenceforcompletedetailson
DNPSlaveExportandDNPSlaveOptionsmodulefunction.
FordetailedinformationonconfiguringyourmetertouseDNP,seetheMultiport
DNPandIONTechnologytechnicalnote.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureDNPthroughthemetersfrontpanel.Youcanonlyassign
theDNP3.0protocoltocommunicationports.SeetheCommunicationschapter.

Using ION Setup


TheDNP3.0SetupAssistanthelpsyouconfiguretheDNPSlaveExportandDNP
SlaveOptionsmodules.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoCommunications>3rdPartyProtocolsand
clickontheDNP3.0tab.

3.

SelecttheDNPfeatureyouwishtoconfigure(ParameterMapinthisexample)
andclickEdit.

4.

TheSetupAssistantguidesyouthroughDNPconfiguration.SeetheIONSetup
OnlineHelpformoreinformation.

Page 109

Chapter 7 - Third Party Protocols

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring MV90
ION8600meterscanprovideenergyvaluestoMV90softwareforuseintheMV90
database.Inordertorecognizeandcommunicatewiththemeter,theMV90
softwaremustbeconfiguredwithcertaininformationaboutthemeter.UseION
Setupsoftware(version2.1andlater)togeneratethenecessaryinformationtohelp
withthisconfiguration.Youcanthensavethisasafile(.DAT)toloadintothe
MV90databaseorprintahardcopytoenteritmanually.

Using ION Setup


1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoReports.

3.

SelectMV90fromthelistofreportsandclickDisplay.TheMV90assistant
appears.

4.

EntertheappropriateinformationinthefieldsandclickOK.Thisinformation
willbeusedtoidentifythemeterintheMV90database.
YouwillbepromptedforyourpasswordifAdvancedSecurityisenabledand
youselectauserotherthantheoneyouarecurrentlyloggedinas.

5.

TheMV90configurationreportisgeneratedforthemeter.

6.

ClickSaveAstosavethefileorPrinttoprintahardcopy.

Formoreinformation,seetheMV90andIONTechnologytechnicalnote,available
fromthePowerLogicwebsite.

Page 110

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Time
Thischaptercoversthemetersclockandtimesynchronization.Forinformation
onIRIGBGPStimesynchronization,seetheIRIGBGPSTimeSynchronization
productoptiondocument.

In this chapter
Meter Clock Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ConfiguringtheMeterClock .......................................... 112
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 112
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 112
UsingDesigner .................................................. 113
ClockModuleSettings ............................................... 113
Replacing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Toreplacethebattery ............................................ 114
Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 111

Chapter 8 - Time

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Meter Clock Configuration


TheClockmodulecontrolsthemetersinternalclock,whichprovidestimestamps
fordataloggedbythedevice.Theclockneedstobeconfiguredproperlytoensure
thatloggeddatahasaccuratetimestampinformation.TheClockmodulealso
receivesthetimesynchronizationsignalssenttoitbytheworkstationrunning
IONsoftware,updatingthedevicesclockwhenrequired.
TheClockmodulesClockSourcesetupregisterdefineshowthemetersinternal
clockautocorrectsdriftfromitsinternallycalculatedtime.Aseparatetimesource
(suchasaGPSreceiver,oraDNPMaster)canbeusedtosynchronizetheclock
throughacommunicationschannel.Bydefault,theclockissettosynchronizefrom
thelinefrequency.
SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationontheClockmodule.

Configuring the Meter Clock


UseIONsoftwaretochangethemetersclocksettings.

Using the Front Panel


Youcannotconfigurethetimeviathefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


TheClockSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfiguretheClockmodule.

Page 112

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheClockfolder.

3.

ClickontheTimezonetabtoconfigureyourmetersclocksettings.Selecta
parameterandclickEdittochange.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 8 - Time

4.

ClickontheDSTSettingstabtoconfigureyourmetersdaylightsavingsperiods
forupto20years.SelectaparameterandclickEdittochange.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetotheMeterClockSetupframework.
RightclickontheClockmoduletoedit.

Clock Module Settings


ThesetupregistersintheClockmodulespecifytimezoneandDaylightSavings
Time(DST)parametersandtimesynchronizationfunctions.
Setup Register

Function

Default

TZ Offset

Sets the timezone the device is in, relative to Greenwich Mean Time.

DST Start 1
DST Start 20

The date and time when DST begins for 20 separate years.

DST End
DST End 20

The date and time when DST ends for 20 separate years.

Refer to the ION Device Templates at


www.powerlogic.com for the DST
Start and DST End defaults for the
twenty separate years.

DST Offset

The amount of time the clock is changed when DST begins or ends.

3, 600 seconds

Time Sync Source

Specifies the communications port that receives time sync signals.

COM3

Time Sync Type

Specifies the type of time sync signal (Local or Universal time).

UTC

Clock Source

Specifies the clocks time synchronization signal source (line frequency,


communications signals, or internal crystal).

Line Frequency

TIP
When modifying setup registers of the Clock module in Designer, use the Format option to convert
between UNIX and conventional time. Refer to the description of the Clock module in the online
ION Reference for more details.

Typically,theDSTStartandDSTEndregistersdonothavetobereconfiguredfor
usersinNorthAmerica.ThefactorydefaultsaretheDSTstartandenddatesfor20
years,inUNIXtime(thenumberofsecondssince00:00:00UTConJan.1,1970).
RefertothetechnicalnoteTimeSynchronizationandTimekeepingforfurtherdetails
onusingthemeterstimesynchronizationfunctions.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 113

Chapter 8 - Time

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Replacing the Battery


ThebatteryintheION8600meterkeepstherealtimeclockrunningwhenprimary
powerislost(lossofthreephases).Assumingthebatterywasfreshwheninstalled,
itrunstheclockforaboutfouryearsonanunpoweredmeter.Whenthemeteris
fullypowered,allbatterydrainiseffectivelyeliminated;inthiscasebatterylifeis
ratedat10yearsminimum.
Replacethebatteryifthemeterhasbeensittingforanextendedperiodoftime
withoutpower(+/twoyears).Ifthemeterwillbewithoutpowerforanextended
lengthoftime,disconnectthebatterycablesothatthebatterymaintainsits10year
shelflife.
Thebatterycanbechangedwhenthemeteriseitherpoweredor
unpowered(recommended).

NOTE
Replacing the battery on an unpowered meter affects the internal clock settings. See Event Screen/Event
Log confirmation (Unpowered Meter) on page 115 for details.

To replace the battery


1.

Removethecoverofthemeter.

2.

RemovethetwoPhillipsscrewsthatholdtheEMI(ElectromagneticInterface)
shieldinplaceandcarefullyslidetheshieldoff.

3.

Carefullydisconnectthebatterywirefromthemeterandremovethebattery
fromthehousing.
Battery

Page 114

4.

Placethenew3.6VUtilityMeterLIbatteryinthehousingandconnectthewire
tothemeter.

5.

ReplacetheEMIshieldandthetwoPhillipsscrews.

6.

Replacethecoverofthemeter.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 8 - Time

Event Screen/Event Log confirmation (Unpowered Meter)


Onanunpoweredmeter,thebatterypowerstheinternalclock.Removingtheold
batteryeffectivelystopsthemetersclockuntilthebatteryisreplaced.Once
replaced,theclockrestartsatitslastknownpowerdowntime.TheION8600logs
thisasanevent,whichcanbeviewedfromtheEventLogonthemetersfront
panel(seeALTmodedefaultdisplayscreensonpage 172fordetailson
navigatingtotheEventScreen).TheEventLogappearsasthefollowingscreen:

NOTE
Error codes are written at the time of power up, as indicated by their ION event timestamp

Themeterrecordsthefollowingeventcodesafterbatteryreplacementonan
unpoweredmeter:
Error Code
450

600

Explanation

Recommended Action

Seen only in combination with a 600


event.

Refer to 600, below.

Loss of up to 10 minutes of billing data


and time late by as much as 10 minutes

Connect to the meter with ION software


and synchronize the meters internal
clock.
See Configuring the Meter Clock on
page 112 for details.
Double-check battery installation (if
required).

Fordetailsonresettingthemetersinternalclock,seeConfiguringtheMeter
Clockonpage 112.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 115

Chapter 8 - Time

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Time Synchronization
Timesynchronizationletsyousynchronizeyourmetersinternalclockwithallof
theothermeters,devices,andsoftwareinanetwork.Oncesynchronized,alldata
logshavetimestampsthatarerelativetoauniformtimebase.Thisallowsyouto
achieveprecisesequenceofeventsandpowerqualityanalyses.UseIONsoftware
tobroadcasttimesignalsacrossthenetwork,orutilizeanexternalsource(suchas
anNTPserverorDNPMaster)tosynchronizeyourmetersclock.
RefertothetechnicalnoteTimeSynchronization&Timekeepingformore
informationonimplementingtimesynchronization.
ForinformationonIRIGBGPStimesynchronization,seetheIRIGBGPSTime
Synchronizationproductoptiondocument.

Page 116

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Demand
Thischapterexplainshowtoconfigureandviewdemandvaluesonyourmeter.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Configuring Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 118
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 118
UsingDesigner .................................................. 119
SlidingWindowDemandModuleSettings .............................. 119
ThermalDemandModuleSettings ..................................... 120
Demand Forgiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
AdditionalInformation ........................................... 123
ConfiguringDemandForgiveness ..................................... 124
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 124
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 124

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 117

Chapter 9 - Demand

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
Demandisameasureofaveragepowerconsumptionoverafixedtimeinterval.
Peak(ormaximum)demandisthehighestdemandlevelrecordedoverthebilling
period.TwomethodsofmeasuringdemandarewithThermalDemandmodules
andSlidingWindowDemandmodules.Thesemodulesareconfiguredtocalculate
theaveragecurrentdemandandkW,kVARandkVAdemand.Thesetupregisters
inthedemandmodulesdefinetimeintervalsfordemandcalculations,settingthe
sensitivityofthemodulesoperation.
SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationaboutthesemodules.

Configuring Demand
UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmetersdemandsettings.

Using the Front Panel


1.

PressandholdtheAlt/EnterbuttonforafewsecondstoaccesstheSetup
Menu.

2.

ScrollusingtheUporDownarrowbuttonstoselectDemandSetup.Pressthe
Alt/EnterbuttontoaccessDemandSetupparameters.

3.

ScrolltothedesiredparametersusingtheUporDownarrowbuttons.Pressthe
Alt/Enterbuttontoaccesseachparameter.
UsetheUporDownbuttonstoeditthevalueofeachparameter.

NOTE
You may be prompted for the meters password the first time you attempt to change any values.

4.

SelectYestoconfirmthechange.

Using ION Setup


TheDemandSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfigureSlidingWindowDemandonly.
ThisscreenalsocontainstworegistersusedforconfiguringSlidingWindow
DemandwhilethemeterisinTESTMode.

Page 118

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheDemandfolder.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 9 - Demand

3.

ConfigureRollingBlockdemandbyselectingaregisterandclickingEdit.

YoucanconfigureboththeSlidingWindowDemandandThermalDemand
modulesusingAdvancedMode.
1.

Connecttoyourmeter,usingAdvancedMode.

2.

Clickonthemoduleyouwishtoconfigure.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetotheDemandSetupframework.
Therearetwosections:SlidingWindowDemandsetupandThermalDemand
setup.Rightclickonamoduletoedit.

NOTE
For Time-of-Use Demand setup, go to Advanced Setup > Revenue Framework folder (in Designer).

Sliding Window Demand Module Settings


SlidingWindowDemandisoftenreferredtoasRollingBlockDemand.To
computeslidingwindowdemandvalues,theSlidingWindowDemandmodule
usestheslidingwindowaveraging(orrollinginterval)techniquewhichdivides
thedemandintervalintosubintervals.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 119

Chapter 9 - Demand

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Thedemandismeasuredelectronicallybasedontheaverageloadleveloverthe
mostrecentsetofsubintervals.Thismethodoffersbetterresponsetimethanfixed
intervalmethods.

Setup Register

Function

Default

Sub Intvl

The time, in seconds, in the sliding window demand


sub-interval.

900

#SubIntvls

The number of sub-intervals in the sliding window.

Pred Resp

The speed of Predicted Demand calculations; use higher values


for faster prediction (70 to 99 recommended).

70

Update Rate

Defines the update rate of the SWinDemand output register

End of SubInterval

Thermal Demand Module Settings


TheThermalDemandmodulecalculatesthermaldemandoveraspecifiedlength
oftime.Itusesamethodwhichisequivalenttothermalaveraging.Forthermal
averaging,thetraditionaldemandindicatorrespondstoheatingofathermal
elementinaWattHourmeter.AdjusttheThermalDemandmodulescalculation
tomimicthistechniquebychangingtheTimeConstandIntervalsetupparameters.

Setup Register

Page 120

Function

Default

Interval

The time, in seconds, in the thermal demand interval.

900

Time Const

The sensitivity to changes in the source signal; higher values


provide faster response time (common values are 63 and 90).

90

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 9 - Demand

Demand Forgiveness
DemandForgivenessisthetimeprogrammedtothemeterduringwhichdemand
(andthereforepeakdemand)willnotbecalculatedinthepowerrestorationperiod
followingatotalpoweroutage.
Duringpowerupfollowingacompletepoweroutage,customerequipment
consumesahigherthannormalamountofpower.TheDemandForgiveness
featureletsautilityforgivethecustomerforpeakdemandpenaltiesthatmayarise
frompowerupfollowingapoweroutage(shouldtheoutageexceedauser
specifiedperiodoftime).
Demand and Peak Demand Module Overview
Powerutilitiesgenerallybillcommercialcustomersbasedontheirpeakusage
levels,calledpeakdemand(inkW),andenergyconsumption(inkWh).Demandisa
measureofaveragepowerconsumptionoverafixedtimeinterval,typically15
minutes.Peak(ormaximum)demandisthehighestdemandlevelrecordedover
thebillingperiod.Slidingwindow/rollingblockdemandisonemethodofmeasuring
demand.
Tocomputeslidingwindowdemandvalues,theSlidingWindow/RollingBlock
Demandmoduleusestheslidingwindowaveraging(orrollinginterval)technique
whichdividesthedemandintervalintosubintervals.Thedemandismeasured
electronicallybasedontheaverageloadleveloverthemostrecentsetofsub
intervals.
Inthefollowingdiagram,theSlidingWindow/RollingBlockmodulelabeled
Demandcalculatesdemandfromthepowerinputbymeasuringandaveraging
thepoweroverasetinterval.ThedemandvalueisthenoutputtoaMaximum
modulelabeledPeakDemandthatrecordsthehighestdemandvalueovertime
(peakdemand).

DEMAND
Power

Sliding Window /
Rolling Block module

Power output
averaged
(Demand)

PEAK DEMAND

Maximum
value (Peak)

Maximum module

ForinformationonIONmodules,refertotheonlineIONReference.
Demand and Peak Demand Module Behavior During Demand Forgiveness
Apeakdemandvalueisthehighestdemandvaluesincethelastpeakdemand
reset.TheDemandForgivenessframeworksetstheSlidingWindow/RollingBlock
module(andtheThermalDemandmodule)inputstozeroduringaDemand
Forgivenessperiod.Thismethodallowsdemandintervaldatatoaccuratelyreflect
acompleteintervalthatincludesdata:
priortoanoutage
duringtheDemandForgivenessperiod(zerovalues)
aftertheDemandForgivenessperiod

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 121

Chapter 9 - Demand

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

NOTE
During a Demand Forgiveness period, Demand module inputs are set to zero and do not reflect actual
demand. These values should not be used to calculate energy for billing purposes. Energy values are not
affected and will reflect actual energy consumption during the Demand Forgiveness period.

ThesettingslistedbelowmustbemadeforDemandForgivenessfunctionality.
ThesesettingscanbeaccessedfromIONSetupsoftware;refertoUsingION
Setuponpage 124.
MinimumOutageDurationletsyouspecifytheamountoftime(inseconds)that
thepowermustbeoutbeforetheDemandForgivenessperiodbegins.
DemandForgivenessDurationletsyouspecifytheamountoftime(inseconds)
thatdemandisforgiven(demandinputsarezero).
UpdateRateletsyoudefinetheupdaterateoftheSWinDemandoutputregister
andissettoEVERYSECONDbydefaultforrevenuerelateddemandmodules.
Withthissetting,demandvaluemeasuredisupdatedoncepersecond.
OutageVoltage(linetolineaverageinunscaledmeterunits)letsyoudefinea
voltagelevelthatisconsideredanoutage.Thisissetto20voltsbydefault.

Power

1:30
Demand
Interval #1

1:45
Demand
Interval #2

Demand Forgiveness ends

Demand Forgiveness begins

KW

2:00
Demand
Interval #3

Time

Power Outage
The specified amount of time that the power must be out before demand is
forgiven
The specified amount of time that demand is delayed during the Demand
Forgiveness period

TheprecedingdiagramshowsanexampleofameterthatissetupforDemand
Forgiveness.TheSlidingWindow/RollingBlockDemandmoduleisaveraging
demandvaluesat15minuteintervals.Duringinterval#1,themeterhasapower
outagethatlastsfor18minutes.Thepoweroutageisdefinedbyasystemvoltage
of20voltswhichhasbeenspecifiedintheOutageVoltagesetting.TheMinimum
OutageDurationsettingisspecifiedas10minutes,sothisisamountoftimethatthe
powermustbeoutbeforedemandcanbeforgiven.TheDemandForgiveness
Durationsettingisspecifiedas1800seconds(30minutes),sofor30minutes
followingpowerrestoration,demandinputsarezero.Thepowerisrestored
duringinterval#2,wherethesurgeofpowerconsumptionduringpowerupis
includedintheDemandForgivenessperiodandhasavalueofzero.

Page 122

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 9 - Demand

Additional Information
NOTE
To function properly, the Demand Forgiveness feature requires firmware v310 or greater.

Thefollowingpointsareimportanttonote:
ThefollowingdemandinputvaluesarezeroforkQ,kW,kVA,andkVARduring
theDemandForgivenessperiod:
Delivered
Received
Delivered+received
Deliveredreceived
Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4
Ifanewpeakissetpriortoapoweroutage,itwillpersist.
EventhoughdemandiszeroduringtheDemandForgivenessperiod,anew
peakcouldbesetifthedemandwasveryhighpriortothepoweroutage,or
aftertheDemandForgivenessperiodends.
DemandForgivenessworksforauxiliaryandbladepoweredmeters.
AllIONmodulesintheDemandForgivenessframeworkarefullylocked.
IfaDemandForgivenessperiodisinitiated,andanotherpoweroutageoccurs
thatislessthanthetimespecifiedintheMinimumOutageDurationsetting,then
theDemandForgivenessperiodcontinues.Ifasecondoutageisgreaterthan
thetimespecifiedintheMinimumOutageDurationsetting,thentheDemand
Forgivenessperiodrestarts.
BoththepoweroutagedowntimeandtheDemandForgivenessdowntimeare
storedwithintheDemandForgivenessframework.TheStoremodulespreserve
atimestampthatisviewableinVista.
TheSlidingWindow/RollingBlockdemandmoduleUpdateRatesetupregister
mustbesettoEVERYSECOND(default).
IfDemandForgivenessisenabledonanauxiliarypoweredmeterandthereis
nopowerontheblades,thenthemeterassumesthatthisisanoutage.When
powerisappliedtotheblades,demandisforgivenforthespecifiedtime.
IfDemandForgivenessisenabledandthemeterisunpluggedforservicingor
otherreasons,thentheDemandForgivenessframeworkassumestherewasan
outageanddemandisforgivenforthespecifiedtime.
FormeterswhereDemandForgivenessisenabledatthefactory(e.g.RMICAN
Canadianrevenuemeters),demandwillnotbemeasuredwhenthemeterisfirst
putintoservice.Insteaddemandisforgivenforthespecifiedtime.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 123

Chapter 9 - Demand

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Configuring Demand Forgiveness


DemandForgivenessisdisabledbydefault.ToenableDemandForgiveness,use
IONSetupsoftwaretosetthe:
ExternalBooleanmodulenamedDemandForgivenessEnabletoENABLE.
minimumoutageduration.
demandforgivenessduration.
outagevoltage.

CAUTION
If Demand Forgiveness is enabled, do not use demand values to calculate energy for billing purposes.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotenableoreditDemandForgivenesssettingsviathefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


IONSetupversion1.1andlatersupportstheDemandForgivenessfeature:
1.

LaunchIONSetupanddoubleclicktheSetupAssistant.

2.

SelecttheDemandsetupscreen,andclickontheDemandForgivenesstab.

3.

SelectDemandForgivenessEnable.
ClickEdit,(provideapasswordifrequested),andselectON.

4.

SelectMinOutageDuration,andclickEdit.
Typetheamountoftime(inseconds)thatthepowermustbeoutbeforethe
DemandForgivenessperiodstarts,andclickOK.

5.

SelectDemandForgivenessDurationandclickEdit.
Typetheamountoftime(inseconds)thatdemandisforgiven(demandinputs
arezero),andclickOK.

6.

Ifrequired,selectOutageVoltageandclickEdit.
Typetheminimumvoltage(linetolineaverageinunscaledmeterunits)thatis
consideredanoutage;thisissetto20voltsbydefaultbutyoucanadjustthis.

Page 124

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

10

Inputs / Outputs
Thischapterprovidesinformationonthemetersvariousdigitalandanaloginputs
andoutputs(I/O).
RefertoyourInstallationGuideforinstructionsonwiringinputsandoutputsand
forthegeneralmeterI/Ospecifications.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SpecifyinganI/OPortinanIONModule............................... 128
UsingtheOnboardDigitalOutputs.................................... 130
OutputModules ................................................. 130
UsingtheOnboardDigitalInputs...................................... 132
AnalogOutputs..................................................... 133
SettingtheZeroandFullScales .................................... 133

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 125

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
TheION8600sdigitalandanalogI/Oportssimplifydatagatheringbyimporting
avarietyofdatatypesintoasingle,commonsystem.

Onboard I/O

Socket or switchboard meter connections

Page 126

Expanded I/O (and serial


COMs): Molex Micro-Fit
24 pin male connector.

Optional Onboard
I/O: 16 pin male
connector.

Optional I/O Expander for serial


communications and expanded I/O.
Ordered and shipped separately. For
more information, see the ION8600
I/O Expander documentation.
Serial COMs
Expanded I/O
COM1: RS-232 Eight Form A digital
or RS-485.
inputs.
COM4: RS-485, Four Form C digital
depending on
outputs.
the ordering
Four Form A digital
option.
outputs or four
analog outputs.

Onboard I/O breakout cable with


female connector
and sixteen bareended wires. Ships
with a meter ordered
with onboard I/O:
Four Form C digital
outputs.
Three Form A digital
inputs.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

Onboard I/O
OnboardI/OfortheION8600metersprovidesfourFormCdigitaloutputsand
threeFormAdigitalinputsforavarietyofapplications.
Forexample,youcanuseaFormAdigitalinputtomonitorabreakertoverifyhow
manytimesthebreakertrips.Whenthebreakerhasreacheditslimitforthe
numberoftrips,youcanusethedigitaloutputtolightanLEDnexttothebreaker
sofieldpersonnelarealerted.YoucanalsouseaFormCdigitaloutputtosend
KYZpulsinginformationtothirdpartysystemequipment.
I/O Expander for ION8600 meters
ForenhancedanalogordigitalI/OwiththeION8600meters,youcanusean
externalI/O Expander.CompleteinformationfortheI/OExpanderisavailablein
theI/OExpanderInstallationGuide.
TheI/OExpanderequipsanIONmeterwitheightdigitalinputs,fourFormA
digitaloutputs,andfourFormCdigitaloutputs,orfouranalogoutputs(0to20
mA,20to20mA,or1to+1 mA)inplaceofthefourForm Adigitaloutputs.The
I/OExpanderalsoprovidesaconvenientlocationfortheIONmetersRS232and
RS485communicationswiring.TheI/OExpanderboxiswiredasaDTEdevice
anddoesrequireaNULLmodemcable/adaptertoconnecttothecomputersserial
port.
TheI/OExpanderismountedseparately,nomorethan15feetawayfromthe
meter.ItconnectstothemeterviaastandardMolexMicroFit3.0connector.RS
232andRS485linksaremadeviastandardDB9andcapturedwireconnectors
locatedontheI/OExpander.TheanalogoutputversionoftheI/OExpandermust
bepoweredbyanexternalsource,astandardAC/DCsupply.
AstheI/OExpanderboardisexternal,youcaninstallandconfigureI/Opoints
withoutaffectingthemetersoperation.Terminalstripssimplifyconnectionsto
externalequipment.Furthermore,thelowprofileconnectorsbetweenthemeter
andtheI/Oboardletyoueasilyremovethemeterwithoutdisconnectingallthe
attachedI/Owiring.
External I/O with Grayhill Products
YoucanchangethenumberofinputsandoutputsavailableforIONmeters,or
extendthefunctionalityofthestandarddigitaloutputsthroughexternalI/O
boards.JustplugGrayhillanalogordigitalI/Ohardwaremodulesintotheboards.
Formoreinformation,visitthePowerLogicwebsite.
Meter
Option A

Digital Inputs
8

Digital Outputs
8

Analog Inputs
0

Analog Outputs
4

Option B

Option C

AswithonboardI/O,thefunctionalityoftheseexternalGrayhillhardware
modulesarecontrolledbyIONsoftwaremodulesinsidethemeter.IONDigital
Output,AnalogOutput,Pulser,andCalibrationPulsermodulesspecifyoutput
signalcharacteristics,whiletheDigitalInputorAnalogInputmodulesdefine
incomingsignals.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 127

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

RefertotheDigitalandAnalogI/OtechnicalnoteavailablefromthePowerLogic
websiteandtheION8600InstallationGuideformoreinformationregardingdigital
andanaloginputsandoutputs.

Specifying an I/O Port in an ION Module


TheDigitalOutput,DigitalInput,AnalogOutput,AnalogInput,Pulser,and
CalibrationPulsermoduleshavePortsetupregistersthatallowyoutospecify
whichporthandlestheoutgoingorincomingsignals.Toassignaporttooneof
thesemodules,simplymodifythePortsetupregisterbypickingaportfromthe
enumeratedlist.ThiscanbedonewithbothDesignerandIONSetup.

TheimageaboveshowstheenumeratedlistofthePortsetupregisterasitisseen
inIONSetup.Beawarethatthelistonlydisplaysthoseportsthatarenotyet
assignedtoanothermodule.Forexample,themetersfactoryconfigurationmakes
useofDigitalOutputDO4(itisalreadyassignedtoCalibrationPulsermodule
kWhPulserD4).IfyoucreateanewDigitalOutputmoduleandsetitsPort
setupregister,theportDO4doesnotappearinthelistofavailableports.
Tomakeaportavailable,youmustlocatethemodulecontrollingtheportandset
itsPortsetupregistertoNOTUSED(ordeletethemoduleentirely).Theportnow
appearsintheenumeratedlist.

The enumerated list only


shows those ports which have
not already been assigned to
another module.
Port DO4 has already been
assigned to another module,
so it is absent from the list.

Page 128

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

Configuring Other Energy Pulsing Applications


ToconfiguretheseLEDoutputsforotherenergypulsingapplications(for
example,kVAh),linktheappropriateMUPowerMetermoduleoutputtothe
inputoftheCalibrationPulsermoduleusingDesignersoftware.
Thefollowingtabledescribestheportsthatcanbeconfigured(intheDigital
Output,Pulser,DigitalInput,AnalogOutput,andCalibrationPulsermodules)to
handleoutgoingorincomingsignals.

NOTE
You must confirm the meter I/O options (onboard and/or Expander I/O) to determine which of the
following apply to your meter.

Digital Output Port Names


Port RA-1

Digital (Form A Solid State) Output port 1

Port RA-2

Digital Output port 2

Port RA-3

Digital Output port 3

Port RC-1

Digital (Form C Relay) Output port 1

Port RC-2

Digital Output port 2

Port RC-3

Digital Output port 3

Port RC-4

Digital Output port 4

kWh Pulse LED

LED Output

kVARh Pulse LED

LED Output

Analog Output Port Names

Description

Port Analog Out 1

Analog Output port 1

Port Analog Out 2

Analog Output port 2

Port Analog Out 3

Analog Output port 3

Port Analog Out 4

Analog Output port 4

Digital Input Port Names

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Description

Description

Port DI-S1

Digital (Status) Input port 1 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S2

Digital Input port 2 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S3

Digital Input port 3 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S4

Digital Input port 4 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S5

Digital Input port 5 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S6

Digital Input port 6 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S7

Digital Input port 7 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S8

Digital Input port 8 (I/O Expander)

Port DI-S9

Digital Input port 9 (Onboard I/O)

Port DI-S10

Digital Input port 10 (Onboard I/O)

Port DI-S11

Digital Input port 11 (Onboard I/O)

Page 129

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Using the Onboard Digital Outputs


Digitaloutputsareusedforhardwarerelaycontrolorpulsecountingapplications.
Forexample,anIONmetersdigitaloutputscanprovideon/offcontrolsignalsfor
capacitorbanks,generators,andotherequipment.Thedigitaloutputportscan
alsosendoutstatussignalsorkWhpulses,ifthereceivingdevicedetermines
energyusagebycountingpulses.
OnboardI/OfortheION8600metersprovidesfourFormCdigitaloutputsand
threeFormAdigitalinputs.YoucanuseaFormAdigitalinputtomonitora
breakertoverifyhowmanytimesthebreakertrips.Whenthebreakerhasreached
itslimitforthenumberoftrips,youcanusethedigitaloutputtolightanLEDnext
tothebreakersofieldpersonnelarealerted.YoucanalsouseaFormCdigital
outputtosendKYZpulsinginformationtothirdpartysystemequipment.
Alldigitaloutputscandeliveracontinuoussignalorapulse.(ContactSchneider
Electricforcompleteinformationregardingrelayapplications.)

CAUTION
The relay outputs of the meter should never be used for primary protection functions. Be sure that you are
familiar with warnings at start of this document, as well as those presented your ION8600 Installation
Guide.

TheseoutputscanbecontrolledbyDigitalOutputmodules,Pulsermodules,or
CalibrationPulsermodules,dependingontheapplication.Forrelayandcontrol,
theDigitalOutputmoduleisused.Forpulsingapplications,thePulserand
CalibrationPulsermodulesaregenerallyused.Allofthesemodulescanactas
intermediariesbetweenthehardwareportandtheothermodulesinthemeter.
Theydefinethecharacteristicsofoutgoingsignals.

Output Modules
BoththeFormAandFormCrelayscanbecontrolledwithDigitalOutput
modules,Pulsermodules,orCalibrationPulsermodules.Bydefault,sixDigital
Outputmodules(labeledDORA2toDORA4andDORC1toDORC4)are
alreadycreatedforthispurpose.Youcaneitherusethesemodules,orcreateand
configureothermodulestocontroltheoutputports.
CalibrationPulsermodulesallowyoutogeneratehighaccuracyenergypulses
forcalibrationtestingpurposes.Theyintegrateinstantaneouspowerinputs.
DigitalOutputmodulesacceptBooleaninputs,andoutputacontinuoussignal
orpulses.
Pulsermodulesconvertinstantaneouspulsestopulsesortransitions.
ConsulttheonlineIONReferenceifyourequiremoreinformationabouttheseION
modules.

Page 130

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

Configurethesettingsofthecontrollingmoduletomatchyourrequirements.The
settingsinthesemodulesareasfollows:
ION Module

Setup Registers

Calibration
Pulser1

Creation Default

Description

Port

Not Used
I/O Exp FormC 1
I/O Exp FormC 2
I/O Exp FormC 3
I/O Exp FormC 4
I/O Exp FormA 1
I/O Exp FormA 2
I/O Exp FormA 3
I/O Exp FormA 4
On-Board Form C 1
On-Board Form C 2
On-Board Form C 3
On-Board Form C 4

Not Used

The output hardware channel

Pulse Width

0 to 2000000

Pulse Width, in seconds


(0 for continuous pulse)

Polarity

Inverting or Non-Inverting

Non-Inverting

Inverted or non-inverted output

EvLog Mode

Log on or Log off

Log off

Whether or not to log status changes in


the Event Log

Port

As per Digital Output, above

Not Used

The output hardware channel

PulseWidth

0.020 to 2000000

Pulse width, in seconds

OutputMode

Pulse or KYZ

Pulse

Full pulse or KYZ (transition pulse)

Polarity

Inverting or Non-Inverting

Non-Inverting

Inverted or non-inverted output

Port

As per Digital Output, above

Not Used

The output hardware channel

Pulse Width

0.010 to 1.000

0.05 (5A meter)


0.02 (1A meter)

Pulse Width, in seconds

Kt

0.01 to 1000000000

1.8

Watts per pulse

Int Mode

Forward, Reverse, Absolute, or Net

Absolute

Integration modes that may be selected

OutputMode

Pulse or KYZ

Pulse

Full pulse or KYZ (transition pulse)

Digital Output

Pulser

Available Settings

See Calibration Pulsing Relay DO4, below.

EnsurethatthemodulesPortsetupregistermatchesthemetersoutputyouwant
tocontrol.IftheportyouwanttousedoesnotappearinthePortsetupregisters
list,thatportisinusebyanothermodule.Edittheportsetupregisterofthemodule
usingthatportandsetittoNOTUSEDtheportwillthenbeavailabletoother
modules.
Calibration Pulsing Relay DO RC-4
SolidstaterelayDORC4isfactoryconfiguredforcalibrationpulsingand
requiresnofurthersetup.TheCalibrationPulsermodulelabeledkWhPulseLED
controlsthisport.Bydefault,themoduleislinkedtothekWdel+recoutputofthe
ArithmeticmodulelabeledKWdel,rec(thisArithmeticmoduleislinkedtothe
MUPowerMetermodulesMUkWtotoutput).Theportwilloutputapulsefor
every1.8Whaccumulated(inNORMALorTESTmode).Thisisthesamepulsing
rateastheLEDsonthefrontpanelofthemeter.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 131

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Using the Onboard Digital Inputs


Digitalinputsarenecessaryforstatusmonitoringorpulsecountingapplications.
Statusmonitoringcanhelpyoupreventequipmentdamage,improve
maintenance,ortracksecuritybreaches.Somecommonstatusmonitoring
applicationsaremonitoringtheclosed/openpositionsofbreakers,on/offstatusof
generators,armed/unarmedconditionsinabuildingalarmsystem,and
over/underpressuresoftransformers.
ThefunctionofeachstatusinputiscontrolledbyaDigitalInputmodule;this
moduletellsthemeterhowtointerpretincomingsignals.DigitalInputmodules
canbelinkedwithothermodulesforcountingstatuschanges.

NOTE
The onboard status inputs cannot be used for voltage sensing applications. Also note that your meter
template (default configuration) may have factory configured Digital Input modules.

ThesettingsintheDigitalInputmodulesareasfollows:
Setup Register

Default

Description

Input Mode

Pulse, KYZ

Pulse

Specifies complete pulse or KYZ transition pulse

EvLog Mode

Log On, Log Off

Log Off

Specifies whether or not to log status changes

Debounce

numeric

0.015

Setting for the mechanical contact bounce, in seconds

Fixed at NON-

NONINVERTING

Specifies a Non-inverted (or level) pulse

NOT USED

Specifies which hardware port the module controls

Polarity

Port

Page 132

Available Settings

INVERTING

I/O MODULE IN1 to


I/O MODULE IN 8,
NOT USED

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

Analog Outputs
AnIONmetersanalogoutputsactastransducers.Themetermeasurespowerand
energy,andthensendsthatinformationviatheanalogoutputstoaremote
terminalunit(RTU).Theanalogoutputsissueindustrystandard0to20mA
currentsignals.
FourAnalogOutputmodulescontroltheoptionalI/OExpandersanalogoutput.
Thesemodulesarenotlinkedorconfigured.Linkthenumericoutputofanother
IONmoduletotheSourceinputoftheAnalogOutputmodulethisvalueis
representedontheI/OExpandersanalogoutputport.SetuptheZeroScaleandFull
ScalesetupregistersoftheAnalogOutputmoduletothenumericrangeyouwant
toemulate.Thesettingsinthesemodulesareasfollows:
Analog Output Module
Setup Registers

Available Settings

Default

Description

Port

I/O EXP AnOut 1 to


I/O EXP AnOut 4,
NOT USED

NOT
USED

Specifies the output hardware


channel.

Full Scale

-1 x 109 to 1 x 109

N/A

Sets the measured value that will


create the maximum possible output
on the analog output hardware port.

Zero Scale

-1 x 109 to 1 x 109

N/A

Sets the measured value that will


create the minimum possible output
on the analog output hardware port.

EnsurethatthemodulesPortsetupregistermatchestheI/OExpandersoutput
youwanttocontrol.IftheportyouwanttousedoesnotappearinthePortsetup
registerlist,thatportisinusebyanothermodule.EditthePortsetupregisterof
themoduleusingthatportandsetittoNOTUSEDtheportisthenavailableto
othermodules.
SeetheION8600MeterI/OExpanderInstallationandBasicSetupmanualandthe
technicalnoteDigitalandAnalogI/OavailablefromthePowerLogicwebsitefor
moreinformation.

Setting the Zero and Full Scales


Youcontrolexternaldevicesbydeliveringaspecificcurrentorvoltagethatis
proportionaltothesourceinput.ThisisdonebysettingtheFullandZeroScale
setupregistersandthehardwarePortthattheoutputissentto.UseDesigner
softwaretoconfigurethesesetupregistersintheAnalogOutputmodule.
TheZeroScalesetupregisterdefinesthesourceinputvaluethatcreatesthe
minimumcurrentoutputontheanalogdevice.
TheFullScalesetupregisterdefinesthesourceinputvaluethatcreatesthe
maximumcurrentoutputontheanalogdevice.TheFullScaleisdeterminedbythe
inputtotheAnalogOutputIONmodule(whichiscommonlyconnectedtokW).
TheFullScalevalueisthemaximumkWexpected.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 133

Chapter 10 - Inputs / Outputs

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

ThefollowingtabledescribessettingyourZeroScaleandFullScaletousealimited
portionoftheoutputsrange.

NOTE
This table assumes the source input varies between zero and the full scale setting. If the source input falls
below zero the output will not be within the desired Output Range.

Output Type
-1 to 1 mA

Desired Output
Range

Full Scale setting

0 to 1 mA

negative value of Full


Scale (e.g. -1000)

e.g. 1000

0 to 20 mA

negative value of Full


Scale (e.g. -1000)

e.g. 1000

4 to 20 mA

-1.5 times value of


Full Scale (e.g. -1500)

e.g. 1000

4 to 20 mA

-0.25 times value of


Full Scale (e.g. -250)

e.g. 1000

-20 to 20 mA

0 to 20 mA

Zero Scale setting

SeetheION8600I/OExpanderInstallationGuideandthetechnicalnoteDigitaland
AnalogI/Oformoreinformation.

Page 134

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

11

Energy Pulsing
Thischapterprovidesinstructionsforconfiguringenergypulsingonyourmeter.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Configuring Energy Pulsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 136
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 136
UsingDesigner .................................................. 137
PulserModuleSettings ............................................... 137
CalibrationPulserModuleSettings .................................... 138
EnergyPulsingwithLEDs............................................ 139

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 135

Chapter 11 - Energy Pulsing

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
YourmeterusesCalibrationPulsermodulesandPulsermodulesforenergy
pulsing.
ThePulsermoduleservesasanintermediarybetweenothermodulespulse
outputregisters(acceptingthemaspulseinputs)andahardwareoutputchannel
onthedevice.Thesemodulesarecapableofsendingpulsesorpulsetransitionsto
anyhardwareoutputchannel.
TheCalibrationPulsermoduleisahighlyaccurateenergypulserusedfor
verifyingcalibrationonmetersemployedinbillingapplications.Thismoduletype
servesasanintermediarybetweenthepower(kW,kVARorkVA)outputsofthe
PowerMetermoduleandadeviceshardwareoutputchannel.
SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationonthesemodules.

Configuring Energy Pulsing


UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmetersenergypulsingsettings.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureEnergyPulsingusingthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


TheEnergyPulsingSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfiguretheCalibrationPulser
modules.

Page 136

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoInputs/Outputs>EnergyPulsing

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 11 - Energy Pulsing

3.

Clickanyofthefirstfourtabs;eachtabcorrespondstoaCalibrationPulser
module.Configureeachmoduleasnecessary.

4.

ClicktheEndofIntervaltabtoconfiguretheendofenergypulsing.

YoucanconfigureboththeCalibrationPulserandPulsermodulesusing
AdvancedMode.
1.

Connecttoyourmeter,usingAdvancedMode.

2.

Clickthemoduleyouwishtoconfigure.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetotheEnergyPulsingSetup
Framework.Rightclickamoduletoedit.

Pulser Module Settings


ThePulsermodulecontainsthefollowingsetupregisters:

Setup
Register

Function

Default

Pulse Width

This register specifies the width of the output pulses (in


seconds).

OutputMode

This register defines whether the output is a complete pulse or


a transition pulse (KYZ).

Pulse

Polarity

This register specifies the polarity of a pulse output. It has no


effect if OutputMode is KYZ.

Non-inverting

Port

This register specifies which hardware port the output appears


on. Only those hardware channels that are still available
appear in this list.

Not Used

Fivecommonparameters(kWhdel,kWhrec,kVARhdel,kVARhrec,andkWsd
del)arealreadylinkedtothePulsermodulesforyou.

NOTE
For safety reasons, no hardware channel is pre-selected. To make use of these links, you must configure
the Pulser modules Port setup registers to the appropriate hardware port that receives the output.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 137

Chapter 11 - Energy Pulsing

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Calibration Pulser Module Settings


ConfigurethesolidstateoutputD4forcalibrationpulsingbyeditingthesetup
registersofthemodulelabeledkWhPulserD4.Bydefault,theoutputona
standardmetergeneratesapulseforevery1.8Whaccumulated.Thisisthesame
pulsingrateasthemiddlefrontpanelLED(controlledbyaCalibrationPulser
modulelabeledkWhPulserLED).Modifythepulsingrateofeitherchannelby
changingthevalueoftheKtsetupregisteroftheCalibrationPulsermodule
controllingthem(seebelow).
ThefollowingsetupregistersareavailableintheCalibrationPulsermodule:

Setup Register

Function

Default

Pulse Width

This register specifies the width of the pulses sent to the hardware channel (in seconds). The
Calibration Pulser module maintains a minimum duty cycle of 50% on the output pulse train.

0.05

Kt

The numeric bounded register defines how much energy the module accumulates before a pulse is
sent to the hardware channel. An industry standard for energy pulsing is 1.8, or one pulse per 1.8
energy-hours.

1.80

Int Mode

Specifies the modes of integration that may be selected.

Absolute

OutputMode

This register specifies whether the output is a complete pulse (Pulse) or a change of state transition
(KYZ).

Pulse

Port

This register specifies which hardware port the pulse/KYZ transition appears on. Only those hardware
channels that are still available appear in this list.

Not Used

Page 138

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 11 - Energy Pulsing

Energy Pulsing with LEDs


ThetwoLEDsonthefrontpanelarepreconfiguredforenergypulsing.The
adjacentsmallerinfraredoutputsareconnectedtotheLEDsandpulseatthesame
rate.
TheLEDspulseratecanbeadjustedbymodifyingtheKtsetupregisterinthe
CalibrationPulsermodule.Thevalueentereddefineshowmuchenergythe
moduleaccumulatesbeforeapulseissenttothehardwarechannel.Thefront
panelWATTandVARLEDsarefactorysettothesamepulserate.TheKtvalueis
shownonyourmetersfrontpanellabel;thedefaultsettingforKtdependsonthe
formfactoryourmeterservices.
LED pulse indicators

Infrared pulsers

Kt value for the


meter

WATT LED and VAR LED


LikesolidstaterelayoutputDO4,theWATTLEDiscontrolledbyaCalibration
PulsermodulethathasitsSourceinputlinkedtothekWdel+recoutputofthe
ArithmeticmodulelabeledKWdel,rec.
Similarly,theVARLEDiscontrolledbyaCalibrationPulsermodulethathasits
SourceinputlinkedtothekVARdel+recoutputoftheArithmeticmodulelabeled
kVARdel,rec.
ForFormFactor9S,39S,36S,and76Smeters,thedefaultpulserateofthefront
panelWATTLEDis1.8(1.8Wattsperpulse).TheVARLEDsKtvalueisalso1.8.
ForFormFactor35Smeters,thedefaultpulserateofthefrontpanelWATTLED
issetat1.2(1.2Wattsperpulse).TheKtvaluefortheVARLEDsisalso1.2.
Customizing Energy Pulsing
ChangingthevaluefortheKtsetupregisterofthecontrollingCalibrationPulser
moduleletsyoumodifythepulsingrateofeitherchannel.Ifyouwanttoconfigure
theLEDportforadifferentpulsingapplication,youmustrelinktheSourceinput
totheoutputregisterofadifferentinstantaneouspowerquantityinoneofthe
Arithmeticmodules.EnsurethatthequantityyouchooseoriginatesfromtheMU
(meterunits)PowerMetermodule.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 139

Chapter 11 - Energy Pulsing

Page 140

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

12

Logging
TheION8600meterhaspowerfuldataloggingandeventrecordingcapabilities.
Dataandeventlogsrecordedbythemeterareprioritizedandstoredonboard.
DataisretrievedperiodicallybytheIONEnterprisesoftwareLogServer(orother
thirdpartyapplication).
IfyouuseIONEnterprisesoftware,allretrieveddatafromyoursystemisstored
inanODBCcompliantdatabase.Theinformationinthedatabasecanbeviewed
andanalyzedusingIONEnterprisesoftwareapplicationssuchasVista(for
viewing),orReporter(fororganizingandpresentingdata).

In this chapter
Data Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
ConfiguringDataLogging ............................................ 142
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 142
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 142
ChangingtheParametersthatareLogged ........................... 143
ChangingWaveformRecording ................................... 143
DefaultLoggingCapacity ......................................... 144
ChangingtheLogDepths ......................................... 144
ChangingtheFrequencyofLogging ................................ 144
DefaultLoggingConfiguration.................................... 145
ViewingDataLogs .................................................. 148
Event Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
IONEventPriorityGroups........................................ 149
ExternalIONEvents ............................................. 149
DisplayingEvents ................................................... 150
Logging and Recording Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 141

Chapter 12 - Logging

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Data Logging
Themetershipswithacomprehensivedataloggingconfiguration.Information
regardingthedefaultloggingcapacityanddefaultloggingconfigurationcanbe
foundinDefaultLoggingCapacityonpage 144.
Tolearnmoreaboutthedatarecordermodulesinyourmeter,refertothe
IONReference.

Configuring Data Logging


UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmetersloggingsettings.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureLoggingusingthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


TheLoggingSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfiguremeterdatalogging.
1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheLoggingfolder.
Usethetwoscreens(Memory,LoadProfile)toconfigureyourloggingsettings.

Memory Screen

Page 142

3.

SelecttheMemoryscreentoreallocatemetermemory.

4.

SelecttheLogyouwishtoconfigureandclickEdit.YoucanchangeboththeLog
Duration(days)andtheLogSize(records).Noticehowchangingthese
parametersaffectsthemetermemoryallocatedtothatlog.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 12 - Logging

Load Profile Log Screen


5.

SelecttheLoadProfileLogscreentoconfigureDataRecorder#1(theRevenue
Log).

6.

ClicktheChannelstabtoedit,linkandunlinkparameters.

7.

ClicktheInterval/DepthtabtoedittheintervalanddurationoftheLoadProfile
log.

Changing the Parameters that are Logged


Themetersfactoryconfigurationlogsacomprehensivesetofenergy,powerand
harmonicsparameters.Youcannotchangewhichparametersareloggedby
configuringasetupregister.Ifyouarecomfortableeditingmodulelinks,youcan
changetheloggedparametersbylinkingtheoutputregistersyouwantloggedto
theinputsofanDataRecordermodule.

NOTE
Adding or deleting a logs parameters is an advanced procedure, as it requires changes to the links
between modules; use Designer (refer to the Designer section of the online ION Enterprise Help) or ION
Setup.

Changing Waveform Recording


TheWaveformRecordermodulesdonotrequirechangestotheirdefaultsettings.
Ifyouwanttochangetheformatoftherecordedwaveforms,refertothe
WaveformRecordermoduledescriptionintheIONReference.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 143

Chapter 12 - Logging

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Default Logging Capacity


Thefollowingtablesummarizesthedefaultrecordingdepthsandrecording
intervalsofthevariousDatarecordersandWaveformrecordersinthemeter.
ION8600C
Default Depth

ION8600B
Default Depth

ION8600A
Default Depth

Revenue Log

3360

3360

3360

900 seconds

Loss Log

N/A

3360

3360

900 seconds

EgyDmd Log

N/A

1350

3360

900 seconds

Time of Use Logs

TOU Logs

N/A

50

50

Triggered on demand

Historic Logs

Hist Logs

N/A

N/A

3360

900 seconds

Harmonic Logs

Harm Logs

N/A

N/A

840

3600

Disturbance Recorders

Transient Log

N/A

N/A

100

Triggered on demand

Sag/Swell Log

100

100

100

Triggered on demand

N/A

N/A

10

Daily, weekly, 10 min...

Log Types

Energy Logs

EN50160 Logs (ION8600A only)

Interval

Changing the Log Depths


ChangethevalueintheDataRecordersDepthsetupregistertoincreasethe
numberofrecordsstoredintherecorder.TheRecordModesetupregistercontrols
howtheDataRecorderwilloverwriteoldrecords;refertotheDataRecorder
moduledescriptionintheonlineIONReferencebeforechangingthissetupregister.

Changing the Frequency of Logging


ThefivePeriodicTimermodulesthatcontrolthefrequencyofdifferentdata
recordingareasfollows:
RevenueLogTrgcontrolsthefrequencyoftheloggingofrevenuevalues
LossLogTrgcontrolsthefrequencyofLossCompensationDatalogging
EgyDmdLogTrgcontrolsthefrequencyofloggingfortheEnergyand
DemandLog(thislogisusedforgeneratingreportsusingReporter)
HistLogTrgcontrolsthefrequencyofHistoricDatalogging
HarmLogTrgcontrolsthefrequencyofHarmonicslogging

CAUTION
Programming your meter to write any data recorder at continuous intervals lower than 60 seconds (heavy
logging configuration) may cause loss of data in the event of a power failure. Use of an uninterruptible
power supply (UPS) is recommended for such heavy logging configurations.

ChangethevalueinthePeriodsetupregistertochangethefrequencyofdata
logging(Periodvaluesarespecifiedinseconds).DonotchangetheSyncMode
setupregister.

Page 144

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 12 - Logging

Default Logging Configuration


ThefollowingsectionsdescribeeachDataRecorderandtheparameterstheylog.
Revenue Log
TheRevenueLog(DataRecorder#1)isconfiguredforusewithUTSMV90billing
software.TheRevenuelogislocatedthroughthefollowingfolderpathonthe
metersprogram:AdvancedConfiguration>RevenueFramework>Energy.The
defaultvaluesloggedbytheRevenueLogareasfollows:
Parameter

Description

Parameter

Description

kWh del int

Interval kWh delivered

kVARh del

kVARh delivered

kWh rec int

Interval kWh received

kVARh rec

kVARh received

kVARh rec int

Interval kVARh delivered

kVAh del

kVAh delivered

kVARh rec int

Interval kVARh received

kVAh rec

kVAh received

kVAh rec int

Interval kVAh delivered

kWh loss int

Interval kWh total losses


(Tran + Line)

kVAh rec int

Interval kVAh received

kVARh loss int

Interval kWh total losses

kWh del

kWh delivered

Period Length

Logging Period in seconds

kWh rec

kWh received

Period Status

Logging Period verification

Historic Data Logging


Threedatarecordersareusedtorecordstandardpowersystemquantities,such
asphasecurrent,phasevoltageandpowerfactor.TheserecordersarelabeledHist
MeanLog,HistHighLog,andHistLowLog.Theyarelocatedthroughthisfolder
pathonthemetersprogram:AdvancedConfiguration>HistoricDataLogging.
Bydefault,theylogthefollowingIONoutputregistervalues:
Hist Mean Log

Hist High Log

Hist Low Log

Vll ab mean

I avg mean

Vll ab high

I avg high

Vll ab low

I avg low

Vll bc mean

I 4 mean

Vll bc high

I 4 high

Vll bc low

I 4 low

Vll ca mean

kW tot mean

Vll ca high

kW tot high

Vll ca low

kW tot low

Vll avg mean

kVAR tot mean

Vll avg high

kVAR tot high

Vll avg low

kVAR tot low

V unbal mean

kVA tot mean

V unbal high

kVA tot high

V unbal low

kVA tot low

Ia mean

PF lag mean

Ia high

PF lag high

Ia low

PF lag low

Ib mean

PF lead mean

Ib high

PF lead high

Ib low

PF lead low

Ic mean

Freq mean

Ic high

Freq high

Ic low

Freq low

Loss Log
OneLossLogrecorderisconfiguredtorecordlossvalues.Itislocatedinthe
followingfolderpathonthemetersprogram:
AdvancedConfiguration>Revenueframework>Energyframework.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 145

Chapter 12 - Logging

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Bydefault,itlogsthefollowingIONparametersnotethattheparametersdiffer
dependingonthemetertemplate:
Template

Loss Log Parameter

Description

35S and Default

MU Ia^2h int

Phase A interval current squared hours

35S and Default

MU Ib^2h int

Phase B interval current squared hours

35S and Default

MU Ic^2h int

Phase C interval current squared hours

35S only

MU Vll ab^2h int

Phase A interval voltage Line-to-Line squared hours

35S only

MU Vll bc^2h int

Phase B interval voltage Line-to-Line squared hours

35S only

MU Vll ca^2h int

Phase C interval voltage Line-to-Line squared hours

Default (9S-39S/36S-76S)

MU Vln a^2h int

Phase A interval voltage Line-to-Neutral squared hours

Default (9S-39S/36S-76S)

MU Vln b^2h int

Phase B interval voltage Line-to-Neutral squared hours

Default (9S-39S/36S-76S)

MU Vln c^2h int

Phase C interval voltage Line-to-Neutral squared hours

Harmonics Logging
Tworecordersprovidevariousharmonicslogs,includingKfactorandTotal
HarmonicsDistortion(THD).TheserecordersarelabeledHarmMeanLogand
HarmHighLog.Theyarelocatedthroughthefollowingfolderpathonthemeters
program:AdvancedConfiguration>HarmonicsLogging.
Bydefault,theylogthefollowingIONoutputregistervalues:
Harm Mean Log

Harm High Log

V1 THD mean

I1 K Fac mean

V1 THD high

I1 K Fac high

V2 THD mean

I2 K Fac mean

V2 THD high

I2 K Fac high

V3 THD mean

I3 K Fac mean

V3 THD high

I3 K Fac high

I1 THD mean

I1 THD high

I2 THD mean

I2 THD high

I3 THD mean

I3 THD high

Time-of-Use Logging
Sixdatarecordersareusedtorecordenergyanddemandvaluesbasedontherates
(A,B,C,D)setintheTimeofUse(TOU)module.Theserecordersarelabeledas
follows:TOUkWhLog,TOUkVA(R)hLog,TOUkW/VARsdLog,TOUkW/VARtd
Log,TOUkVAsdLog,andTOUkVAtdLog.Theyarelocatedthroughthefollowing
folderpathonthemetersprogram:TimeofUse.Bydefault,thesedatarecorders
logthefollowingIONoutputregistervalues:
TOU kWh Log

TOU kVA(R)h Log

TOU kW/VAR sd Log

kWh del A

kVARh del A

kVAh del A

kW sd mx del A

kVAR sd mx del A

kWh rec A

kVARh rec A

kVAh rec A

kW sd mx rec A

kVAR sd mx rec A

kWh del B

kVARh del B

kVAh del B

kW sd mx del B

kVAR sd mx del B

kWh rec B

kVARh rec B

kVAh rec B

kW sd mx rec B

kVAR sd mx rec B

kWh del C

kVARh del C

kVAh del C

kW sd mx del C

kVAR sd mx del C

Page 146

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 12 - Logging

TOU kWh Log

TOU kVA(R)h Log

TOU kW/VAR sd Log

kWh rec C

kVARh rec C

kVAh rec C

kW sd mx rec C

kVAR sd mx rec C

kWh del D

kVARh del D

kVAh del D

kW sd mx del D

kVAR sd mx del D

kWh rec D

kVARh rec D

kVAh rec D

kW sd mx rec D

kVAR sd mx rec D

TOU kW/VAR td Log

TOU kVA sd Log

TOU kVA td Log

kW td mx del A

kVAR td mx del A

kVA sd mx del A

kVA sd mx del A

kVA td mx del A

kVA td mx del A

kW td mx rec A

kVAR td mx rec A

kVA sd mx rec A

kVA sd mx rec A

kVA td mx rec A

kVA td mx rec A

kW td mx del B

kVAR td mx del B

kVA sd mx del B

kVA sd mx del B

kVA td mx del B

kVA td mx del B

kW td mx rec B

kVAR td mx rec B

kVA sd mx rec B

kVA sd mx rec B

kVA td mx rec B

kVA td mx rec B

kW td mx del C

kVAR td mx del C

kVA sd mx del C

kVA sd mx del C

kVA td mx del C

kVA td mx del C

kW td mx rec C

kVAR td mx rec C

kVA sd mx rec C

kVA sd mx rec C

kVA td mx rec C

kVA td mx rec C

kW td mx del D

kVAR td mx del D

kVA sd mx del D

kVA sd mx del D

kVA td mx del D

kVA td mx del D

kW td mx rec D

kVAR td mx rec D

kVA sd mx rec D

kVA sd mx rec D

kVA td mx rec D

kVA td mx rec D

FormoreinformationrefertoConfiguringTimeofUseonpage 158aswellas
theTOUmoduledescriptionintheonlineIONReference.
ION Enterprise Reporting
OnedatarecorderisconfiguredtoprovidepowersystemdatafortheReporter
software.Itislocatedthroughthefollowingfolderpathonthemetersprogram:
AdvancedConfiguration>RevenueFramework>Reporting.Thisrecorderis
labeledEgyDmdLog.Ifanyinputlinkstothismodulearechanged,Reporterwill
notbeabletocreatereportsfromthedeviceslogs.IfyouuseReporter,donot
changetheparametersthatareloggedintheEgyDmdLog.
Sag/Swell and Transient Logging
Twodatarecordersprovidedetailsofthesepowerqualityevents.Theyarelocated
throughthefollowingfolderpathonthemetersprogram:
AdvancedConfiguration>PowerQuality>Sag/Swell/TransientDetection.
Thesedatarecorders,bydefault,logthefollowingIONoutputregistervalues:
Sag/Swell Log
DistDur

DistV2Engy

DistV1Engy

DistV3Engy

DistV1Min

DistV3Min

DistV2Min

DistNominal

DistV1Max

DistV3Max

DistV2Max

SwellLim

DistV1Avg

DistV3Avg

DistV2Avg

SagLim

Transient Log

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

TranV1Dur

TranNominal

TranV2Max

PT Sec

TranV1Max

Threshold

TranV3Dur

CT Prim

TranV2Dur

PT Prim

TranV3Max

CT Sec

Page 147

Chapter 12 - Logging

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

High Speed Modules in the ION8600C


IntheION8600Cmeter,theupdateperiodforthefollowingmodulesare1second.
MeasurementperiodsforthesemodulesareconfiguredinDesignerorIONSetup.
Alert Module

Modbus Slave Module

And/Or Module

One-Shot Timer Module

Convert Module

Pulser Module

Digital I/O Module

Pulse Merge Module

Display Module

Sag/Swell Module

DNP Slave Export Module

Setpoint Module

Min/Max Module

EN50160 Compliance Logging


FormoreinformationaboutEN50160datalogging,refertothetechnicalnote
PowerQuality:IONMetersandEN50160.

Viewing Data Logs


SeetheReportchapter.YoucanalsoviewDataLogsusingIONSetup.
1.

OpenyourmeterinIONSetup,usingBasicMode.

2.

NavigatetoView>DataScreens>DataRecorders.Thefollowinglogsare
availableforviewing:
AverageHarmonics
Energy&Demand
HistoricAverage,HistoricHighs,HistoricLows
MaximumHarmonics
RevenueLog
Sags&Swells
TransformerLosses
Transients(ION8600Aonly)

Page 148

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 12 - Logging

Event Logging
EventsproducedbyametersvariousIONmodulesareprioritizedandgrouped
tofacilitatecustomlogging.Eacheventisassignedaprioritygroupnumberbased
onitstypeandseverity.

ION Event Priority Groups


SomeeventgroupsarepresetwithaPriorityNumberasshowninthetablebelow.
Youcanalsodefineyourownprioritynumberforsomemodules.Priority
numbersfrom128191appearintheglobaleventlogviewerinIONEnterprise
software.Prioritynumbersfrom192255arelogged,initiateabeepandcausethe
windowtoflash.Youcancustomizetheseresponsestodisplaymessagesor
performnetsendmessages,forexample.

Event Group

Description

Priority Number

Reset

Module reset or re-synchronized

Setup Change

Module setup changes (setup register changes, label changes, input handle changes)

10

Input Register Change

Inputs of certain modules change value (ie, input to And/Or module changes)

15

I/O State Change

I/O state changes (ie, relay closes)

20

Information

Module produces important user information

25

Warning

Module produces a warning

30

EN50160 Event

An EN50160 Counter (N1 or N2) increases

50

Failure

A failure has occurred

255

Setpoint

Setpoint condition goes Active or Inactive (ie, Sag/Swell module detects a disturbance)

programmable via
module setup

TheEventLogControllermoduleallowsyoutosetaprioritycutoffforevent
logging.Anyeventswithaprioritynumbergreaterthanthecutoffvalueare
logged,andeventswithlowerprioritiesarediscarded.Refertotheindividual
moduledescriptionsandtheEventLogControllermoduledescriptioninthe
IONReferenceformoredetails.

External ION Events


Someeventsarenotproducedbyaspecificmodule.Theseeventsaregenerated
internallybythemeter.Theirassociatedprioritylevelsareshowninthetable
below.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 149

Chapter 12 - Logging

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Event Group

Description

Priority Number

Factory initialize performed


Firmware or memory upgrade performed
Meter power-up or power-down
Warning

Internal modem not responding or modem recovered

30

Battery low
Telnet or serial terminal locked out
Security disabled or enabled
Failure

Communications fail to allocate required memory

255

Displaying Events
ViewEventsinthefollowinglocations:

Application

Page 150

Menu / Screen

Navigation

Front Panel

Event Log

ALT display mode

ION Setup

Event

Display Mode > Data Recorders folder > Event

Vista

Meter Events

System & Logs tab > Meter Events object

WebMeter

N/A

N/A

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 12 - Logging

Logging and Recording Capacity


Themeterprovidesbothdataandeventlogs.Theamountofmemoryrequiredto
storetheselogsdependsonthenumberofparametersbeingloggedandthe
frequencywithwhichtheseparametersarelogged.
Thefollowingequationcanhelpdeterminetheamountofmemoryrequiredto
storedataandeventlogs:
eachrecordconsumes(inBytes)=[(numberofparameters*5)+8]

Themetercanalsoperformwaveformrecording.Itcansimultaneouslycapture
eventsonallchannelstoamaximumof96cycleseach.
Tocalculatethewaveformmemoryusageusethefollowingformula:
waveformmemoryusage(inBytes)=[2*(numberofsamplespercycle)+10]*
(numberofcyclesinwaveform)+30

NOTE
Round up to the next kilobyte after each of the above calculations.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 151

Chapter 12 - Logging

Page 152

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

13

Revenue
Thischapterprovidesinstructionsforconfiguringtransformerlineloss
compensationandtimeofuse.

In this chapter
PT/CT Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
ConfiguringPT/CTCorrection ........................................ 154
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 154
Transformer Line Loss Compensation (TLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
ConfiguringTLC .................................................... 155
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 155
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 155
UsingVista ..................................................... 156
Time of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
ConfiguringTimeofUse ............................................. 158
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 158
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 158
UsingDesigner .................................................. 158
TimeOfUseModuleSettings ......................................... 159
SeasonalSettings ................................................ 159
CreatingaNewTimeOfUseSchedule ................................. 160
DisplayingTimeofUse............................................... 160

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 153

Chapter 13 - Revenue

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

PT/CT Correction
TheprimaryapplicationforPT/CTcorrectionistoapplycorrectionfactorsforratio
errorsandphaseangleerrorstoinstrumenttransformers.Instrumenttransformer
correctionreducesoreliminatestheneedtoreplacetransformersininstallations
wherehighaccuracyisrequired.

Configuring PT/CT Correction


PT/CTCorrection(theInstrXformermoduleinthemetersfirmware)canbe
configuredinthemeterviaIONsoftware.

Using ION Setup


InthefollowingIONSetupexample,thePT/CTCorrectionSetupAssistantallows
youtoconfiguretheInstrXformermodulesontheIONmeters.
1.

OpenIONSetupandconnect,inBasicMode,tothedesiredmeter.

2.

OpentheRevenuefolderintheSetupAssistantandclickPT/CTCorrection.

3.

Foreachdesiredtab,selecttheCorrectionType,andinputtheRatioCorrection
TestDataandthePhaseCorrectionTestDatapoints.

NOTE
You may select a maximum of eight (8) test points.

TheInstrumentTransformerCorrectionmoduleisacoremodule;thereisanITC
moduleforeachcurrentinput(I1,I2,I3,I4)andforeachvoltageinputtothemeter
(V1,V2,V3).Notethatthecorrectionaffectsonlythe1secondvaluesinthePower
Metermodule.Nohighspeed,harmonics,orwaveformvaluesareaffectedbythe
correction.Formoreinformation,seetheITC(InstrXformer)moduledescriptionin
theonlineIONReference.

Page 154

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 13 - Revenue

Transformer Line Loss Compensation (TLC)


TransformerLossCompensationisusedwhenametersactuallocationisdifferent
fromtheelectricallocationwherechangeofownershipoccurs;forexample,where
metersareconnectedonthelowvoltagesideofpowertransformerswhenthe
ownershipchangeoccursonthehighsideofthetransformer.Thisphysical
separationbetweenmeterandactualbillingpointresultsinmeasurablelosses.
CompensatingforthislossLossCompensationisthemeansofcorrectingthis
meterreading.Lossesmaybeaddedtoorsubtractedfromthemeterregistration.
Metersareusuallyinstalledonthelowvoltagesideofatransformerbecauseitis
morecosteffective.Therearealsocaseswherechangeofownershipmayoccur
halfwayalongatransmissionlinewhereitisimpracticaltoinstallameter.Inthis
case,powermeteringmustagainbecompensated.

CAUTION
Due to the variation in installations, advanced knowledge of power systems and connection methods is
required before transformer loss compensation can be properly implemented. Data parameters should
only be programmed by qualified personnel that have appropriate training and experience with
Transformer Loss Compensation calculations.

Formoreinformation,seethelatestversionoftheTransformerLineLoss
Compensationtechnicalnote.

Configuring TLC
UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmetersTLCsettings.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureTransformerLineLossCompensationusingthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


TheRevenueSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfigureTLC.TheTransformerLoss
screenallowsyoutoenable/disableTLC,choosewhichmethodyouprefer(1or2)
andconfigureTLCsettings.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoRevenue>TransformerLoss

Page 155

Chapter 13 - Revenue

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

3.

First,enableTLCbyselectingLossCompEnbleandclickingtheEditbutton.

4.

SelectCompEnabledfromthedropdownlistandclickOK.

5.

NextchoosetheTLCmethodyouwishtousebyselectingCompMthodSlctand
clickingtheEditbutton.
SelectMethod1tousetheTestSheetmethodandMethod2tousethe%Loss
Constantsmethod.

6.

Finally,clickthetaboftheTLCmethodyouchoseinthepreviousstepand
configurethesettingsforthatmethod.

Using Vista
ClicktheLossCompensationbuttonintheRevenuescreentoaccesstheLoss
Compensationscreen:

Page 156

1.

LaunchVista.

2.

IntheUserDiagramscreenthatappears,clicktheRevenuebutton.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 13 - Revenue

3.

ClicktheLossCompensationbutton.Thefollowingwindowappears:
Choose either the Test
Sheet or %Loss Constants
compensation method

Click here to enable


Loss Compensation
calculations

These are the true instrument


transformer ratios. Normally
they coincide with the Power
Meter modules setup.

4.

Configureyourvaluesasrequired.

SeetheTransformerLossCompensationtechnicalnoteformoredetailsonthisfeature.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 157

Chapter 13 - Revenue

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Time of Use
TheTimeofUsemodulemayonlybeimportantifyouareusingthemeterina
billingapplication(i.e.youareapowerprovider),asthemodulecontainsthe
metersseasonalrateschedules.Typically,powerconsumersdonotrequireTime
OfUseconfiguration.
SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationontheTimeofUsemodule.

Configuring Time of Use


UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmetersTimeofUsesettings.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureTimeofUseusingthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


TheTimeofUseSetupAssistanthelpsyouconfiguretheTimeofUsemodule.
1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoRevenue>TimeofUse

3.

SelectaTimeofUseprogramfromthelist(inthisexample,SampleTOU)and
clickEdit.

4.

FollowtheTimeofUseWizardtoconfigureyourprogram.ClickSendtosave
theTOUprogramonyourmeter.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetotheTimeofUseSetupFramework.
RightclicktheTimeofUsemoduletoedit.

Page 158

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 13 - Revenue

Time Of Use Module Settings


TheTimeofUsemodulessetupregistersdefineyourseasonsstartandenddates,
thedaytypeswhereyourratesmaydiffer,andtherateschedulesforeachseasons
daytypes.Themodulecomparesthemetersinternalclockwiththeseason,day,
andtimeofdaysettingsintheseregisters,andchangesitsoutputregistersto
reflectthecurrentstateofthesesettings.

Seasonal Settings
TheTimeofUsemodulesupportsuptofourseparateseasons.Eachseasonsstart
andenddatesaresetintotheappropriateSeasonsetupregister.

NOTE
Ensure that there is no date overlapping when defining seasons and that every day of the year is covered
by your seasons. If there are gaps between seasons, the module returns an error and will not function.

Ifyourratesdonotchangebetweenseasons,youdonotneedtoconfigurethe
SeasonsetupregistersSeason1isthedefault,andallSeason1ratesareineffect
allyear.
Ifyouhavedifferentseasons,entertheirstartandenddatesintotheappropriate
setupregisters.Ifyourseasonisactiveonthesamedateseveryyear,youonlyneed
toenterasinglerangeofdatesintheappropriateSeasonsetupregister.Iftheactive
datesaredifferenteachyear(forexample,Season3becomesactiveeveryfirst
MondayinAugust),thestartdatesmustbeindividuallyspecifiedforeachyear.
TheTimeofUsemoduleispartiallyconfiguredatthefactory.Checkthesetup
registerstoensurethatthesettingsmatchyourTimeofUseschedules.

Setup Register

Function

Season 1- 4

These setup registers define the dates for each active season. When a season is active, the Time of Use module will
use the applicable rate schedules.

Season 1 - 4
Weekday Rates

These setup registers specify seasonal weekday rates.

Season 1 - 4
Weekend Rates

These setup registers specify seasonal weekend rates.

Season 1 - 4
Alt 1 Rates

These setup registers specify a season's daily rates during the days specified in the Alt 1 Days setup register.

Season 1 - 4
Alt 2 Rates

These setup registers specify a season's daily rates during the days specified in the Alt 2 Days setup register.

Season 1 - 4
Holiday Rates

These setup registers specify a season's daily rates during the days specified in the Holidays setup register.

Weekdays

This register defines the days of the week for all seasons. The rates in the Season (1, 2, 3, or 4) Weekday Rates
setup registers are used on these days.

Weekends

This register defines the weekend days for all seasons. The rates in the Season (1, 2, 3, or 4) Weekend Rates setup
registers are used on these days.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 159

Chapter 13 - Revenue

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Setup Register

Function

Alt 1 Days

This register defines a set of alternative dates for all seasons. These dates generally have different rates from
weekdays, weekends, or holidays.

Alt 2 Days

This register is similar in function to Alt 1 Days, but contains a different set of dates.

Holidays

This register defines the holidays for all seasons. The rates defined in the Season (1, 2, 3, or 4) Holiday Rates setup
registers are used on these days.

Self Read Days

This setup register defines the dates and times that the Self Read output register will pulse. If no time is entered in
this register, the Self Read output register will pulse on the date specified at 12:00 AM.

Creating a New Time Of Use Schedule


YoucancreateanewTOUscheduleusingtheTOUProgramManager;the
programisaselfdocumented,graphicalwizard.YoulaunchtheTOUProgram
ManagerinDesignerfromtheOptionsmenu.

Displaying Time of Use


ViewTimeofUsevaluesinthefollowinglocations:

Application

Page 160

Menu

Navigation

Front Panel

Active TOU Rate and Active


TOU Season screens

ALT Display mode

ION Setup

N/A

N/A

Vista

Time of Use Screen

Revenue tab > Time of use object

WebMeter

N/A

N/A

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

14

Power Quality
Thischapterexplainshowtoconfigureyourmeterspowerqualityfunctionality.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Configuring Power Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 162
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 162
UsingDesigner .................................................. 163
Sag/SwellModuleSettings ............................................ 163
TransientModuleSettings(ION8600Aonly) ............................ 164

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 161

Chapter 14 - Power Quality

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
Powerqualityconfigurationisprovidedbyanumberofmodules,dependingon
yourmetertype:theSag/Swellmodule,theTransientmodule,andtheMains
SignallingEvaluationmodule,amongothers.
SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationonthesemodules.

Configuring Power Quality


UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmeterspowerqualitysettings.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigurePowerQualityfromthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


ThePowerQualitySetupAssistanthelpsyouconfigurethevariouspowerquality
modules.

Page 162

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetothePowerQualityfolder.

3.

ClickontheSag/Swelltabtosetsagandswelllimits,configuresag/swell
waveformrecordersettingsandmostimportantly,recordyoursystemsnominal
voltage.

4.

ClickontheWaveformstabtoconfigurethewaveformrecordingfeaturesofthe
meter,includingthewaveformdepth,thenumberandsamplespercycle.

5.

ClickontheTransienttabtoconfigurevarioussettingssuchasvoltagedeviation
thresholdandtransientwaveformrecorderdepthandfrequency.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 14 - Power Quality

NOTE
The ION8600A features dual waveform capture: Sags are recorded at 32 samples x 54 cycles. Transients
waveform capture at 256 samples x 7 cycles.

Using Designer
OpenyourmeterinDesignerandnavigatetothePowerQualitySetup
Framework.Rightclickamoduletoedit.

Sag/Swell Module Settings


TheSag/Swellmodulemonitorsvoltagewaveformsforsagsandswells(i.e.ITI
[CBEMA]Type2andType3disturbances).Itthenreportseachdisturbances
magnitudeandduration.TheSag/Swellmodulecanalsodetectsubdisturbances
duringaSag/Swellevent.Settingsareasfollows:
Setup Register

Function

Default

Swell Lim

This is the magnitude above which a voltage deviation is considered


a swell.

106

Sag Lim

This is the magnitude below which a voltage deviation is considered


a sag.

88

Change Crit

This is the amount a voltage signal must change during a


disturbance to be considered a new sub-disturbance.

10

Nom Volts

This is the nominal power system voltage (used for all Power Quality
functions).

01

EvPriority

The priority assigned to Sag/Swell and Transient module events


(0 to 255, 255 is highest).

200

The primary power system voltage is sometimes different than the PT Primary setup register value (i.e.
when the PT Primary is used to indicate winding ratio rather than primary voltage).

BesidesNomVolts,theonlysetupregistersthatyoumayneedtochangeintheSag/
SwellmoduleareSwellLimandSagLim.Mostapplicationsareservedbythe
defaultvaluesenteredintotheseregisters.TheChangeCritandEvPrioritysetup
registersdonotneedtobechangedfornormaloperation.

NOTE
If the Sag/Swell modules Nom Volts setup register is set to zero, all Sag/Swell module functions are
disabled. Nom Volts is typically set when the meter is put into service. If Nom Volts has not been set, enter
a value for your systems nominal voltage (i.e. 120, 277, or 347). The value you enter will also be used
by the Transient module in the ION8600A.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 163

Chapter 14 - Power Quality

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Transient Module Settings (ION8600A only)


TheTransientmodulemonitorsvoltagewaveformsfortransientactivity(i.e.ITI
[CBEMA]Type1disturbances).TheThresholdsetupregisterdefineswhatvoltage
disturbancemagnitudeshouldbeconsideredastransientactivity.Thresholdis
interpretedasapercentageofthenominalsystemvoltage,plus100.Forexample,
ifyouwanttransientsrecordedwhenvoltagedeviatesfromnominalby20%,enter
120intotheThresholdsetupregister.
Setup Register

Page 164

Function

Default

Threshold

This is the magnitude at which a voltage deviation is considered


a transient.

125

EvPriority

The priority assigned to Sag/Swell and Transient module events


(0 to 255, 255 is highest).

200

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

15

Displays
Thischapterexplainstheavailablefrontpaneldisplays.Italsoincludes
proceduresforcustomizingdisplaysusingIONsoftware.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Configuring Front Panel Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Usingthefrontpanel ............................................. 167
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 167
UsingDesigner .................................................. 168
Default Front Panel Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
NORMmodedisplayscreens...................................... 171
ALTmodedefaultdisplayscreens ................................. 172
TESTmodedefaultdisplayscreens................................. 175

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 165

Chapter 15 - Displays

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
TheION8600shipswithpreconfigureddisplayscreensdesignedtosuitthedata
needsofmostusers.Differenttypesofscreensareavailabledependinguponthe
meterscurrentmodeofoperation(seeModesofOperationonpage 27for
details).
Frontpaneldisplaysmayalsobecustomizedonyourmetertoshowvirtuallyany
measurementorcalculation.Forexample,youcoulddooneorallofthefollowing:
changedisplayedparameters,suchasfromVlltoVlnorVllabtoVlna
adjustcharactersizetobedifferentoneachscreen
changedatadisplaysettingssuchasbacklighttimeout,automaticdisplay
scrolling,parameterupdaterateanddisplaymode*
UseIONsoftwaretocustomizeyourfrontpaneldisplayscreens.

Page 166

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 15 - Displays

Configuring Front Panel Displays


Using the front panel
Youcannotconfiguredisplaysfromthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


1.

OpenIONSetupandconnect,inbasicmode,totheappropriatemeter.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetoDisplaysandclickEdit.
IONSetupwilluploadyourmetersdisplayinformationtotheDisplayEditor.
Thismaytakeafewmoments.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

3.

Edit,rename,deleteorrearrangedisplaysasdesired.

4.

Ifyouchoosetoeditorcreatenewdisplay,theDisplayEditorwizardcontains
threestepsforcreatingoreditingdisplayscreens.

Page 167

Chapter 15 - Displays

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Choosethescreentype
Selecttheparametersavailableforyourchosenscreentype
Selectyourdisplayqualities,includingdigitresolutionandtruncatedor
roundedlastdigits.
5.

ClickSendtosavethechangesinthemeter.

Using Designer
CAUTION
Before you reconfigure or delete a framework, you should make a copy. This ensures that you can restore
the framework without having to reinitialize the factory configuration.

To remove a data display screen:


1.

LaunchDesigner.

2.

SelecttheDisplaymoduleresponsibleforthescreen.

3.

Pressdelete.ThisalsodeletesalllinkstothatparticularDisplaymodule.

Ifthedisplayscreenyouaredeletingispartoftheautomaticscrollingcycle,you
shouldreconfigurethelinksfromtheScrollmodulesTriggeroutputstothe
remainingDisplaymodulessothatthefollowingconsiderationsholdtrue:
ThefirstDisplaymoduleinthescrollingcycleislinkedtotheTrigger1outputof
theScrollmodule.
ThelastDisplaymoduleinthescrollingcycle(modulen)islinkedtothe
Trigger noutputoftheScrollmodule.Forexample,ifyourscrollingcycle
consistsof5screens,thenTrigger5shouldbelinkedtothefifthmoduleinthe
cycle.
TheWraparoundsetupregisteroftheScrollmoduledesignatesthelasttrigger
output(Triggern).Expandingonthepreviousexample,sinceTrigger5isthelast
trigger,theScrollmodulesWraparoundsetupregisterwouldhaveavalueof5.

Page 168

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 15 - Displays

To add a new display screen


1.

CreateaDisplaymodule.

2.

Definethemodulescharacteristics(displayformat)byadjustingitssetup
registers.

3.

LinkanyrequireddatatotheSourceinputsoftheDisplaymodule.

Ifyouwantyournewscreentoappearintheautomaticscrollingcycle,thenyou
mustlinktheShowinputoftheDisplaymoduletoaTriggeroutputofaScroll
module.
To create a Disk Simulator screen
1.

CreateanewDisplaymodule,andchoosethetypeasDiskSimulator.

2.

ConnectthenewDisplaymodulesfirstinputtotheCalibrationPulsermodules
DiskPositionoutputthatyouwanttomonitorforitspulsinginterval.

3.

ToincludethenewlyaddedscreentotheALTscreenlist,connecttheDisplay
modulesShow1andShow2inputstotheScrollmoduleslastavailableTrigger
outputsinALTSCROLLUPandALTSCROLLDOWN(respectively).
YoucandeterminethelastavailableTriggerbyrightclickingontheoutputto
discovertheTriggersowners.

4.

IncreasetheScrollmodulesWraparoundsetupregisterby1toincludethenew
screen.

5.

Configuretheremainingdisplaysettingsaccordingtoyourneeds.

AlthoughtheDiskSimulatordisplayisintendedtoshowthediskbehaviorof
mechanicalwatthourmeters,thisfeaturecanbeusedtomonitoranyaccumulated
meterquantityoverthetime.Todothis,connecttheDisplaymodulesfirstinput
tothemeterquantity,andconnectthesecondinputtothemaximumvaluethat
youexpectthedisplayedquantitytobeboundedby(thiscouldbeanyIONoutput
registeroranExternalNumericmoduleregister).Inthiscase,(i.e.theDisplay
moduleisnotconnectedtoaCalibrationPulsermodule)theDiskSimulator
revolvesfromlefttoright.

NOTE
The inputs to the Disk Simulator display are always positive. If the value exceeds the maximum scale value
assigned in the second input, then nothing is displayed except labels and the disk rectangle.

To configure leading zeros


Theleadingzerosanddecimalpointinanumericdisplaycanbeconfiguredwith
theDisplaymodulesetupregisterScreenResolution.Forexample,thenumber
276.3443canbeconfiguredinoneofthefollowingways,dependingonthe
selectionyoumakeintheScreenResolutionsetupregister:
Value

276.3443

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Screen Resolution

1.x

276.3

1234.xx =

0276.34

123456. =

000276.

Page 169

Chapter 15 - Displays

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

IftheScreenResolutionsetupregisterissettoDEFAULT,theDisplaymodulewill
usetheresolutionsdefinedintheDisplayOptionsmodule.
Last digit mode
TheDisplaymodulesetupregisterLastDigitModeletsyouspecifywhetherto
truncateorroundavalueslastdigit.Numbersroundupat5orgreater,andround
downfrom1to4.Atruncatedvaluedisposesofanydigitsafterthenumberof
decimalplacesthatyouhavespecifiedintheScreenResolutionsetupregister.
Screen Resolution = 1.xxx

Value

276.35192

Rounded

276.352

Truncated

276.351

To configure parameter titles


Theparametervalueonadisplayscreenisthevalueofanoutputconnectedtothe
DisplaymoduleSourceinputregister.Bydefault,thedisplayedparameterstitleis
thenameoftheoutputconnectedtotheSourceinput.TheDisplaymoduleSource
Titlesetupregisterletsyouchangethedefaulttoatitlethatbetterdescribesyour
system.Forexample,ifKWhNetislinkedtothefirstSourceinput,youcould
changeitsdisplaynamebysettingSource1TitletoKWhNetWest.Amaximum
of25charactersispermitted.
SeeChangingTESTModeTimeoutonpage 182forinformationonconfiguring
TESTmodedisplaytimeouts.

Page 170

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 15 - Displays

Default Front Panel Display Screens


Eachmodeofoperation(NORM,ALTandTEST)hasitsowndisplayscreens,
providingvariouspowersystemdataandmeterpropertiesscreens.

NORM mode display screens


ThefactoryconfiguredION8600meterscrollsthroughninedisplaysdetailed
below.IfthesettingsintheScrollmodulehavenotbeenaltered,eachscreenis
displayedforfivesecondsifnofrontpanelbuttonsarepressed.
Displayscrollingissuspendedwhenafrontpanelbuttonispressed,andyoucan
manuallyscrollthroughthedisplayscreensusingtheUporDownarrowbuttons.
Ifrequired,refertoFrontPanelFeaturesonpage 20formoreinstructionson
usingthefrontpanelbuttons.
1.

kWh
ThisscreendisplayskWhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.

2.

kVARh
ThisscreendisplayskVARhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.

3.

kVAh
ThisscreendisplayskVAhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.

4.

PeakDemandDelivered
ThisscreendisplaysthemaximumdeliveredkWvalueandatimestampof
whenthepeakoccurred.ThisvalueisaSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)
demandcalculation.

5.

PeakDemandReceived
ThisscreendisplaysthemaximumreceivedkWvalueandatimestampofwhen
thepeakoccurred.ThisvalueisaSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)demand
calculation.

6.

PeakDemandResetCount
ThisscreendisplaysacountofthenumberofDemandResetsexecutedaswell
asatimestampofthelatestPeakDemandReset.

7.

QMetering
ThisscreendisplaysapproximatedVARhmeasurements,onephase(60
degrees)behindthenormalwatthourconnection(90330and150270).

8.

DiskSimulator
Thisdisplaysimulatesthebehaviorofamechanicalwatthourmeterindicating
powerreceivedordeliveredbythedirectionofthepulse.

9.

AllSegments
Thisisascreentestwhereablackscreenshowingallsegments(allpixelson)
indicatesthatthedisplayisfunctioningproperly.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 171

Chapter 15 - Displays

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

ALT mode default display screens


ThefactoryconfiguredION8600meterscrollsthroughthefollowingALTmode
displays.IfthesettingsintheScrollmodulehavenotbeenaltered,eachscreenis
displayedforfivesecondsifnofrontpanelbuttonsarepressed(untilfiveminutes
haveelapsed).
Viewing ALT display modes
1.

PresstheAlt/EnterbuttononcetotogglebetweentheNORMandALTdisplay
modes.

2.

PresstheUporDownarrowbuttonstoscrollbackorforththroughthedisplays.

IfnobuttonsarepressedthemeterrevertsbacktoNORMmodeafterfiveminutes.

NOTE
These screens vary depending on the firmware version on the meter and custom display configuration.

1.

NamePlate1
TheNamePlate1screencontainsthisinformation:
Owner

Firmwarerevisionofthemeter

TAG1fromFactorymodule

Batterylifeindicator

TAG2fromFactorymodule

TAG1andTAG2typicallyidentifythemetersuserandinstalledlocation.The
OwnerandTAGregistersareconfigurablewithIONsoftware.SeeHowto
TAGYourMeteronpage 42.
2.

NamePlate2
ThisscreendisplaysthefollowinginformationforthecurrentSlidingWindow
(RollingBlock)andThermaldemandsettings:
Sliding Window (Rolling Block)

Thermal

CONFIG

Length of the demand period


multiplied by the number of
demand periods

Length of the demand period

UPDATE

Length of the demand period

Always 1 second

SYNC

Clock synchronization source

Always N/A

1
Maximum kW Demand

1
Maximum kW Demand

MAX (kW)

1 The MAX (kW) value is a maximum allowable demand level based on installed transformer
configurations and nominal voltages and currents.

3.

EventLog
TheEventLogscreendisplaysuptofourmostrecent,highestpriorityevents
(priority255only).Thedate,atimestamp,aneventdescription,andanevent
codeareprovidedforeacheventdisplayed.Ifmorethanfourhighpriority

Page 172

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 15 - Displays

eventshavebeenrecorded,thentheEventLogscreenwillindicateadditional
logsexist.RefertoDataLoggingonpage 142formoredetails.
4.

VectorDiagram
Thisscreenshowsphasorsandnumericvaluesforeachphasecurrentandphase
voltagemeasurement.

5.

InstantaneousVoltage
Thisscreenshowsaveragevoltage,linetoneutraland/orlinetolinevoltage
(dependingonthemetersservicetype).

6.

InstantaneousCurrent
Thisscreenshowsthephasecurrentandaveragecurrentvalues.

7.

InstantaneousPower
ThisscreenshowskWtotal,kVARtotal,kVAtotalandsignedPowerFactor
totalvalues.

8.

InstantaneousDemand
ThisscreenshowskWdeliveredandreceivedfromtheSlidingWindow(Rolling
Block)demandcalculation.

9,10,11.VoltageHarmonics
Thesescreensshowhistogramsoftheperphasevoltageharmoniccontent.
12,13,14.CurrentHarmonics
Thesescreensshowhistogramsoftheperphasecurrentharmoniccontent.
15.Availability
Thisscreenshowstheavailabilityofpowerinanumberofnines
measurement,overapresetperiodoftime.
16.InstantaneousDemand
ThisscreenshowskWtddeliveredandreceived.
ALT mode Time of Use (TOU) display screens
ALTmodedisplayscreens17to56arefactoryconfiguredtoshowTimeofUse
(TOU)data.ThemeasurementsdisplayedoriginatefromframeworksofION
modulesthatarelinkedtoaTOUmodule.FordetailsabouttheTOUmodule,refer
totheIONReference.
Bydefault,alldemandvaluesresultfromSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)
calculations.
17. TOUEnergybyRate
ThisscreenshowskWhdeliveredvaluesforeachTOUrate.
1825.kWPeakDemand
ThesescreensdisplaythemaximumkWdeliveredvalueforeachTOUrate.
ThesevaluesresultfromSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)demandcalculations.
26. PreviousBillingEnergy

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 173

Chapter 15 - Displays

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

ThisscreendisplaysthekWhdeliveredvaluesforeachTOUrateintheprevious
billingperiod.

NOTE
PB = Previous Billing period. A billing period is the time between two consecutive meter readings for
billing purposes by a utility.

2734.PrevBillingPeakDemand
ThesescreensdisplaythemaximumkWdeliveredvalueforeachTOUratein
thepreviousbillingperiod.ThesevaluesresultfromSlidingWindow(Rolling
Block)demandcalculations.
35. PreviousSeasonEnergy
ThisscreendisplaysthekWhdeliveredforeachTOUrateinthepreviousbilling
season.ThesevaluesresultfromSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)demand
calculations.

NOTE
PS = Previous Season. Billing Seasons are defined in the TOU module description in the
ION Reference.

3643.PrevSeasonPeakDemand
ThesescreensdisplaythemaximumkWdeliveredforeachTOUrateinthe
previousbillingseason.
44. PrevBilling/SeasonEnergy
ThesescreensdisplaythekWhdeliveredandreceivedvaluesintheprevious
billingperiodandbillingseason.
45,46.PrevBill/SeasonPkDemand
ThesescreensshowthemaximumkWsdreceivedvaluesinthepreviousbilling
periodandbillingseason.ThesevaluesresultfromaSlidingWindow(Rolling
Block)demandcalculation.
47. PrevBilling/SeasonEnergy
ThesescreensdisplaythekVARhdeliveredandreceivedvaluesintheprevious
billingperiodandbillingseason.
48,49.PrevBill/SeasonPkDemand
ThesescreensdisplaythekVARdeliveredandreceivedvaluesintheprevious
billingperiodandbillingseason.ThesevaluesresultfromaSlidingWindow
(RollingBlock)demandcalculation.
50. PrevBilling/SeasonEnergy
ThesescreensdisplaythekVAhdeliveredandreceivedvaluesintheprevious
billingperiodandbillingseason.
51,52.PrevBill/SeasonPkDemand
ThesescreensdisplaythekVAdeliveredandreceivedvaluesintheprevious
billingperiodandbillingseason.ThesevaluesresultfromaSlidingWindow
(RollingBlock)demandcalculation.

Page 174

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 15 - Displays

53. ActiveTOURate
ThisscreenshowswhichofthevalidTOUbillingratesisactive.
54. ActiveTOUSeason
ThisscreenshowswhichTOUbillingseasoniscurrentlyactive.
55. Flicker
ThisscreendisplaysflickermeasurementsfromV1,V2andV3.
56. Frequency
Thisscreendisplaysfrequencyinformation.

TEST mode default display screens


RecallthatthevaluesshownintheTESTmodedisplayscreensrepresentdifferent
accumulatorsthanthoseshowninNORMmode(althoughtheyperformsomeof
thesamebasicmeasurements).TheTESTmodedisplayvaluesareforcalibration
checkingpurposes;theywillonlyaccumulatewhilethemeterisinTESTmode.
Viewing TEST mode
TherearetwowaystoswitchthemeterintoTESTmodedependingonthetypeof
meteryouhave:
Standardmeter(withouthardwarelock):YoumustuseIONsoftware;referto
SwitchingtoTESTModeonpage 179.
Standardhardwarelockedmeter:Youmustremovethecoverfromthemeter
andpresstheTESTmodebutton;refertoRemovethesocketsealingring(if
applicable).onpage 186fordetailedinstructionsonremovingthemeters
cover.
OncethemeterisinTESTmodethefrontpanelcyclesthroughfourTESTmode
displayscreenssummarizedbelow.
1.

kWhTest
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekWhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.

2.

kVARh/KVAhTest
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekVARh/KVAhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.

3,4.InstantaneousDemandTest
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekWdeliveredandreceivedvalues.Both
quantitiesareproducedfromaSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)demand
calculation.ThisvalueisresetiftheDemandResetswitchisturnedwhilethe
deviceisinTESTmode.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 175

Chapter 15 - Displays

Page 176

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

16

TEST Mode
ThischapterdescribesyourmetersTESTModeandexplainshowtoswitchfrom
NormalModetoTESTMode.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Switching to TEST Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Usingthefrontpanel(standardmeter).............................. 179
Usingthefrontpanel(hardwarelockedmeter) ...................... 179
UsingIONSetup(standardmeter)................................. 179
UsingIONSetup(hardwarelockedmeter) .......................... 180
UsingVista(standardmeter)...................................... 180
UsingVista(hardwarelockedmeter) ............................... 181
Changing TEST Mode Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Usingthefrontpanel ............................................. 182
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 182
UsingDesigner .................................................. 183
TEST Mode Default Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
TESTmodeLEDenergypulsing................................... 184

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 177

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
TESTModeistypicallyusedforverifyingmetercalibrationandfunction.The
meterisusuallyreadingdatafromatestpowersupplywhilethesefunctionsare
performed.
SeveralthingstonoteaboutTESTMode:
Allofthebillingquantitiesthatarerecordedwhenthemeterisinnormalmode
willstopaccumulatingwhenthemeterisswitchedtoTESTModethedatais
senttospecialTESTModeregistersinstead.
Thevaluesaccumulatedinthesetestregistersaredisplayedonthefrontpanel
andinIONsoftware.
Theregularnormalmodebillingregistersareunaffectedwhilethemeterisin
TESTMode;accumulationofthisdatacontinuesassoonasyouexitTESTMode.
AlltestregistersareresettozerowhenyouexitTESTMode.

NOTE
The meter will always return to NORM mode when you exit TEST mode, even if you entered TEST mode
from ALT mode.

YoucannotplaceahardwarelockedmeterinTESTmodeusingIONsoftware.The
metermustbeplacedinTESTmodeviathefrontpanel.

Page 178

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

Switching to TEST Mode


PlacethemeterintoTESTModeusingthefrontpanel,IONSetuporVista.The
metersfrontpanelinformsyouwhenthemeterisinTESTModewithaspecial
displayscreen.

Using the front panel (standard meter)


TheTESTmodebuttonontheION8600meterislocatedbeneaththeoutercover.
Youmustfirstremovethecover.Refertotheprocedureforremovingthiscoveron
page 186.
TEST
MODE

Onceyouhaveremovedtheoutercover,presstheTESTmodebutton.

Using the front panel (hardware locked meter)


HardwarelockablemetersmustbeinTESTmodebeforetheycanbeconfigured.
ToplacethemeterinTESTmode,removetheoutercoverfollowingtheprocedures
listedonpage 186.
TheregularNORM/ALTmodebillingregistersareunaffectedwhilethemeteris
inTESTmode;accumulationofthisdatacontinuesassoonasyouexitTESTmode.
AlltestregistersareresettozerowhenyouexitTESTmode.

Using ION Setup (standard meter)

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheVerificationfolder.

3.

ClickonTESTMode.Ifmetersecurityisenabled,youwillbepromptedfor
password.AdialogboxinformsyouthemeterisinTESTMode.

Page 179

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

4.

ClickOK.TheTESTModescreenappearsandtestvaluesaredisplayed.

Clickonthetabstoperformvarioustestrelatedtasks.SeetheIONSetuponline
helpformoreinformation.
5.

ClickClose.AdialogboxinformsyouthemeterisbackinNormalMode.

Using ION Setup (hardware-locked meter)


YoucannotplaceahardwarelockedmeterinTESTmodeusingIONsoftware.The
metermustbeplacedinTESTmodeviathefrontpanel.SeeSwitchingtoTEST
Modeonpage 179.

Using Vista (standard meter)

Page 180

1.

OpenthemeterinVista.

2.

NavigatetoRevenueandclicktheSetup&Controlsbuttoninthebottomright
handcorneroftherevenuescreen.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

3.

SelecttheTESTModeradiobutton.YouwillbepromptedfortheIONEnterprise
userpassword.Ifmetersecurityisenabled,youwillalsobepromptedforthe
meterpassword.

Usethisscreentoviewandresettheregistersthataccumulaterealtimedata.For
moreinformationseetheVistasectionoftheonlineIONEnterpriseHelp.

Using Vista (hardware-locked meter)


YoucannotplaceahardwarelockedmeterinTESTmodeusingIONsoftware.The
metermustbeplacedinTESTmodeviathefrontpanel.SeeSwitchingtoTEST
Modeonpage 179.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 181

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Changing TEST Mode Timeout


Ifnofrontpanelbuttonsarepressed,themeterwillexitTESTmodeafter30
minutes(unlessthedefaultTESTmodetimeoutvaluehasbeenchanged).Whilein
TESTmode,thevalueonthebottomrightofthestatusbarindicatestheamountof
timebeforeTESTmodetimesout.ThemeteralwaysreturnstoNORMmodewhen
theTESTmodetimeoutelapses.
The timer indicates
the TEST mode
timeout.

Thetimeoutvalueresetsto30minuteseachtimeyoupressanyfrontpanelbutton.
BydefaulttheTESTmodetimeoutvalueis30minutes.
YoucanchangethevalueoftheTESTmodetimeoutusingIONsoftwareorthe
frontpanel.

Using the front panel


Followthesestepsifyouareusingthefrontpanel:

NOTE
You must be in TEST mode to change the TEST mode time-out if you have the hardware-lockable meter.

1.

EntertheSetupmenubyholdingdowntheAlt/Enterbutton.

2.

Scrollthroughthemenuitems,highlightDISPLAYOPTIONS,andpresstheAlt/
Enterbutton.

3.

ScrolldownandhighlighttheTESTMODETOmenuitem.PressAlt/Enter.

4.

ThecurrentTESTmodetimeoutisdisplayed.UsetheUporDownarrow
buttonstochangethevalueofthehighlighteddigit.PresstheUporDownarrow
buttontochangethepositionofthehighlightcursor.Whenyouhaveenteredthe
newvalueoftheTESTmodetimeoutinseconds,presstheAlt/Enterbutton.

5.

SelectYEStoConfirmthechange,andenterthemeterpasswordifrequired.

Using ION Setup


FollowthesestepsifyouareusingIONSetup:

Page 182

1.

StartIONSetupandconnecttothedesiredmeterinAdvancedMode.

2.

LocatetheDisplayOptionsmoduleinthemodulelistanddoubleclicktoopen
themodule.

3.

IntheDisplayOptionsmodule,clicktheSetupRegisterstabanddoubleclick
theTESTModeTimeoutsetupregister.Thedefaultsettingforthissetupregister
is1800seconds(30minutes).

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

4.

SettheTESTModetimeouttothedesiredtime.Youcanchoosefromanumeric
boundedformatoranelapsedintervalformat.

5.

ClickSENDtotransmitthechangestothemeter.

Using Designer
FollowthesestepsifyouareusingDesigner:

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

OpenDesignerandconnecttothedesiredmeter.

2.

DoubleclicktheDisplaySetupfolderontheDesignerscreen.

3.

RightclickontheDisplayOptionsmoduletoaccessthesetupregisters.Select
theTESTModeTimeoutsetupregisterandclickModifytoedit.

4.

SettheTESTModetimeouttothedesiredtime.Youcanchoosefromanumeric
boundedformatoranelapsedintervalformat.

5.

ClickOKtosendthechangestothemeter.

Page 183

Chapter 16 - TEST Mode

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

TEST Mode Default Display Screens


RecallthatthevaluesshownintheTESTmodedisplayscreensrepresentdifferent
accumulatorsthanthoseshowninNORMmode(althoughtheyperformsomeof
thesamebasicmeasurements).TheTESTmodedisplayvaluesareforcalibration
checkingpurposes;theywillonlyaccumulatewhilethemeterisinTESTmode.
OncethemeterisinTESTmodethefrontpanelcyclesthroughfourTESTmode
displayscreens:
1.kWhTEST
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekWhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.
2.kVARh/KVAhTEST
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekVARh/KVAhdeliveredandreceivedvalues.
3,4.InstantaneousDemandTEST
ThisscreenshowsTESTmodekWdeliveredandreceivedvalues.Both
quantitiesareproducedfromaSlidingWindow(RollingBlock)demand
calculation.ThisvalueisresetiftheDemandResetswitchisturnedwhile
thedeviceisinTESTmode.

TEST mode LED energy pulsing


AbovethedisplayscreenaretwopairsofenergypulsingLEDsandinfrared
outputs.TheLEDsandIRoutputsarefactoryconfiguredtopulsewhilethe
meterisinTESTmode.

VAR infrared
output

WATT infrared
output

WATT

The Kh label
indicates the
default pulsing
rate

TA
CA
Kh
Freq

2.5
0.2
1.8
60
FM 9S

Multifunction Watthour/Varhour Meter

VAR

VTR
WATT LED

VAR LED

CTR
PKh

:1
:5

TheenergypulsingLEDsprovideanidealinterfaceforcalibrationchecking
instruments.TheKhlabel(totheleftofthedisplayscreen)indicatesthefactory
configuredpulsingrate.(YoucanchangetheenergypulsingfrequencywithION
software.)RefertoTESTmodeonpage32formoreinformationaboutusing
TESTmode.

Page 184

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

17

Resets
Thischapterprovidesinstructionsforperformingvariousmeterresets.

In this chapter
Performing a Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
UsingtheFrontPanel ................................................ 186
PerformingaMasterResetfromthefrontpanel ...................... 186
ParametersaffectedbyaMasterReset.............................. 187
PerformingaDemandResetfromthefrontpanel .................... 188
ParametersaffectedbyaDemandReset............................. 188
UsingIONSetup .................................................... 189
UsingVista......................................................... 190
MasterResetsandHardwarelockedMeters............................. 191

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 185

Chapter 17 - Resets

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Performing a Reset
Resetsallowyoutoclearvariousaccumulatedparametersstoredbythemeter.

NOTE
Be sure to record any important data before performing a meter reset.

Using the Front Panel


Thefollowingresetscanbeperformedviathefrontpanel:
MasterReset:
deletesmostaccumulatedvaluesandallderivedrevenuemeasurements
fromthemeter.
DemandReset:
resetsthepeakdemandvaluesloggedinthemeter.

Performing a Master Reset from the front panel


TheMasterResetbuttonisrecessedtoavoidaccidentalactivation.Youmustfirst
removethemeterscoverbeforeyoucanperformaMasterReset:
MASTER
RESET

1.

Removethesocketsealingring(ifapplicable).

DANGER
Hazardous voltages may be present on the blades. Ensure that the power supply to the socket and/or CTs
are not present before removing the meter.

2.

Page 186

Disconnectthemeterfromthesocket.Usebothhandsandpullthemeterslowly
towardsyouwhilegentlyrockingthemeterupanddown.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 17 - Resets

3.

Removeanyantitampersealingdevicelocatedatthebaseofthemeter.These
devicessealthemetercovertothebackplate.

4.

Turntheplasticcoveronequartercounterclockwiseandthenpullitoff.

5.

Usingapinorsimilarinstrument,pressandholdtheMasterResetbuttonuntil
theMasterResetinProgressmessageisdisplayedonthefrontpanel.

CAUTION
After initiating a Master Reset, wait until the Master Reset Completed message appears on the front
panel (or about two minutes, depending on your firmware). This allows the meter to completely reset
parameters. This is especially important if you are powering down the meter after a Master Reset.

Parameters affected by a Master Reset


TheMasterResetbuttonresetsmanyofthedevicesmeasurementsandlogs.The
modethatthemeterisin(NORMmodeorTESTmodeseeModesofOperation
onpage31)definesthevaluesthatwillbereset.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 187

Chapter 17 - Resets

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

NORM or ALT mode


InNORMorALTmode,thefollowingparametersareresettozero:
EnergyandDemand
PeakDemand
LossCalculation
LongtermMin/Max
PowerAvailability
PowerQualitydisturbancecounters
TimeofUse
Thefollowingarecleared:
EventLog
AllDataRecorders
AllWaveformRecorders
TEST mode
AllTESTmodeEnergyandDemandmeasurementsaresettozero.

Performing a Demand Reset from the front panel


TheDemandResetswitchcanbeactivatedwiththecoveronoroff.

Inmostapplications,theDemandResetswitchissealedwithanantitamper
mechanism;athroughholeintheswitchcanaccommodateeitheranexternalseal
oralockingmechanism.SeeDemandResetSwitchSealonpage 71fordetailsof
antitampersealing.

Parameters affected by a Demand Reset


Themodethatthemeterisin(forexample,NORMmodeorTESTmode)defines
thevaluesthatwillbereset.
TEST mode
resetsthetestdemandparameterstozero.
Demand Lockout Time
ThesetupregisterlabeledDemandLockoutTime(DisplayOptionsmodule)setsthe
minimumtimeallowedbetweenconsecutivedemandresets;themeterignores
anyattemptstoresetthedemandoutsidetheboundsoftheregister.
ThedefaultvaluefortheDemandLockouttimeis25days.Fordetailsonthe
DemandLockoutTimesetupregister,refertoDemandLockoutTimeouton
page15.
FormoredetailsontheDisplayOptionsmodule,seetheIONReference.

Page 188

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 17 - Resets

Using ION Setup


1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheVerificationfolder.

3.

SelectNormalModeandclickDisplay.

4.

ClickonvarioustabsintheNormalModedialogbox.Threeresetsareavailable:
PeakReset,MasterResetandNumberofNinesReset.Clicktheappropriate
buttontoperformthereset(PeakDemandintheexamplebelow).

NOTE
Master reset is not accessible via software in a hardware-locked ION8600 meter, whether the meter is in
TEST, ALT or NORM mode. A master reset on a hardware-locked meter can only be performed from the
front panel. See Master Resets and Hardware-locked Meters on page 191 for screen details. With a
meter that is not hardware-locked, you can perform a Master Reset via software. It does not have to be
in TEST mode.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 189

Chapter 17 - Resets

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Adialogboxinformsyouwhentheresetiscomplete.

Using Vista
OpenyourmeterinVista.YoucanperformseveralresetsfromwithinVista:
Performing a Peak Demand Reset or Master Reset

NOTE
Master reset is not accessible via software in a hardware-locked ION8600 meter, whether the meter is in
TEST, ALT or NORM mode. A master reset on a hardware-locked meter can only be performed from the
front panel. With a meter that is not hardware-locked, you can perform a Master Reset via software. It
does not have to be in TEST mode.

1.

ClicktheSystem&LogstabandclicktheSetup&Controlsobject.

2.

Clicktheappropriateresetbuttontoperformthereset.

Performing a Min/Max Reset


1.

ClicktheVolts&AmpstabandclicktheLongtermMin/MaxMeasurements
object.

2.

ClicktheMin/Maxresetbuttontoperformthereset.

Performing a Sag/Swell, Availability or Harmonics Min/Max Reset

Page 190

1.

ClickthePowerQualitytabandclickthePowerQualityControlsobject.

2.

Clicktheappropriateresetbuttontoperformthereset.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 17 - Resets

Master Resets and Hardware-locked Meters


MasterresetisnotaccessibleviasoftwareinahardwarelockedION8600meter,
whetherthemeterisinTEST,ALTorNORMmode.Amasterresetonahardware
lockedmetercanonlybeperformedfromthefrontpanel.
Test Mode
InTestmode,thefollowingscreenisdisplayed:

Normal Mode, Locked


InthiscasethemeterattemptstheMasterReset,butrevenueandeventlogsarenot
cleared.TherestoftheMasterResetissuccessful.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 191

Chapter 17 - Resets

Page 192

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

18

Alerting
IONalertscansendanemailorcontactamodem,fax,pager,orsoftwareinthe
eventofauserspecifiedcondition.Theseconditionscanbechangesinrelaysor
powerqualityproblemsincludingsurges,sags,swellsandoutages.
Thischapterexplainshowtoconfigureyourmeternetworkforalerting.

In this chapter
Alerting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
AlertingIONSoftwareviatheAlarmServer ............................ 194
RemoteSiteEventNotification .................................... 195
AlertingviaanAlphanumericPager ................................... 195
AlertingviaaNumericPager ......................................... 196
AlertingviaEmail ................................................... 197

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 193

Chapter 18 - Alerting

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Alerting
ThemetersAlertmodulesendsanalertwheneveritsTriggerinputispulsed.You
canconnectthisinputtoanymodulethatproducesapulseoutput.Youcanuse
modulesthatmonitoralarmconditionssuchaschangesinrelaystatusandpower
qualityproblems.Forexample,youcanconnecttheTriggerinputtotheoutputof
aSetpointmodule,therebyallowingtheAlertmoduletosendanalertwhenthe
setpointconditionisreached.
TheAlertmoduledeliversthesetypesofalerts:
NumericPager
AlphanumericPager
PEGASYS(foralertstoPEGASYSsoftware)
IONAlert(foralertstoIONEnterprisesoftware)
ASCII
Email
SelectionbetweenmodesismadewiththeAlertmoduleAlertTypesetupregister.
TheAlertmodulerequiresaccesstoeitheramodem(adedicatedmodemora
modemhandlingaloopofmeters)orEthernet(fortheAlertmoduleemail
capabilities).
YourmeterhasnopreconfiguredAlertframework.Fordetailedinformation
aboutalerting,includinghowtobuildaframeworktosendalerts,refertotheAlert
moduledescriptionintheIONReference.

Alerting ION Software via the Alarm Server


NOTE
For detailed information about sending alerts to ION Enterprise software via the Alarm Server, refer to
the ION Enterprise online help.

TheAlarmServercanrunonanyIONsoftwarePrimaryorSecondaryserver.The
servercomputershouldhaveadedicatedphonelineandmodem.Modemsat
remotesitesareprogrammedtodialtheserversphonenumberwhenapriority
eventoccurs.TheAlarmServermonitorsthephonelineandwaitsfortheremote
sitestoannunciateevents.ThemostcommonuseoftheAlarmServeristohandle
RemoteSiteEventNotification.

Page 194

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 18 - Alerting

Remote Site Event Notification


Server or LAN
Dedicated Alarm
Server Modem

Alarm Server.exe

1. Remote Site informs


the Alarm Server that
a priority message
exists

Modem Site

2. Server computer
receives the alarm

Connection
Manager

Any Dialout Modem

3. Communication
Services contact the
modem site and retrieve
priority messages

TheAlarmServerusesaseriesofcommandlineargumentstospecifytheactions
ittakeswhenapriorityeventisreported.Thesecommandsmustbeenteredonthe
computerthatisrunningtheAlarmServerutility.TypicallytheAlarmServeris
configuredtolaunchtheConnectionManager,whichdialsuptheremotesiteand
retrievesthelogsfromthedevices.TheAlarmServercanalsobeconfiguredto
launchotherapplications.Aseriesofparameterswitchesareaddedtothe
commandlinetopassinformationabouttheeventtotheapplicationthatis
launched.
Configuring the Alarm Server
TheAlarmServershouldhaveadedicatedphoneline,modem,andCOMportto
avoidconflictswithotherIONsoftwarecomponents.
ThemodemusedbytheAlarmServerisnotconfiguredwiththeManagement
Console;onlydialoutmodemsareconfiguredintheManagementConsole.The
AlarmServersexecutable,alarmsrv.exe,istypicallylocatedin...\ION
Enterprise\SYSTEM\bin.YoucanruntheAlarmServerinaconsolewindow,or
youcandefineashortcuticonthatincludesallofthecommandlinearguments
required.
Alarm Server Command Line Arguments
RefertotheIONMeterAlertstechnicalnoteforalistofcommandlinesthatthe
AlarmServersupports.

Alerting via an Alphanumeric Pager


NOTE
For detailed information about building a framework for alerting via an alphanumeric pager, refer to the
Alert module description in the online ION Reference.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 195

Chapter 18 - Alerting

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

IfanalphanumericpagerisspecifiedasthedestinationaddressintheAlert
module,thenanalphanumericpagingservicereceivesamessagefromtheION
meter.
Oncethemodematthepagingserviceiscontacted,theIONmetertransmitsthe
followinginformation:
Pageridentificationnumber
Localtime(year,month,date,hours,minutes,seconds)
Remotesiteidentification
Priorityofthealarm
Alertmessage,withtextstringsandrealtimemeasuredvalues
ToincludeamodulesSourceinputinthemessage,referencethemessagestringby
usingtheform%Vn,wherenistheSourceinputnumber.InthefollowingMessage
registersetting,thekWtotvalueis%V1.ThestringincludesSourceinput1which
wouldbethekWtotregisterfromthePowerMetermodule.
Thedestinationregistercontainsyourmodemaccessnumberforthepaging
serviceproviderandiswhatisdialedoutfirst.ThePagerNumregisteristhepager
accessnumberthatisprovidedbyyourpagingcompany.

Alerting via a Numeric Pager


NOTE
For detailed information about building a framework for alerting via a numeric pager, refer to the Alert
module description in the online ION Reference.

IfanumericpagerisspecifiedasthedestinationaddressintheAlertmodule,then
anumericpagingservicereceivesamessagefromtheIONmeter.Duetothe
inherentlimitationsinnumericpaging,theIONmetercanonlysendastringof
digitstothepagingservice.TheAlertmodulethenwaitsaspecifiedtime,
determinedbythenumberofcommasinsertedafterthephonenumberinthePager
Numsetupregister.Finally,theAlertmoduledialsthemessagedigitalstring.
TherearetwoimportantfactorstoconsiderwhensettinguptheAlertmodulefor
numericpaging.First,besuretospecifyastringofdigitsthatismeaningfultoyou,
suchasacodedmessage.Second,beawarethatthereisnowaytoensurethata
messagehasbeensuccessfullytransmitted;theremaybeabusysignaloran
answeringmachinemaytakethecall.Thenumberofcommasyouaddtoyourdial
stringisanestimateofhowlongthemodemattheremotesitewaitsbeforeit
transmitsnumbers.

NOTE
In the following destination-setting example: 1-250-555-777,,,,,999#, the pager number is 1-250-555777 and the message string that displays on the pager is 999. You may need to insert 9,,, before the
destination number if the line you are using is not a direct line. In this case the destination number is 9,,1250-555-666,,999#

Page 196

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 18 - Alerting

Alerting via Email


NOTE
For detailed information about setting up your network and building a framework for meter email
(MeterM@il) alerts, refer to the technical note ION MeterM@il.

IfemailisspecifiedasthedestinationaddressintheAlertmodulethenanemail
messageissenttoanyaddressyouspecify.Youcanonlysetoneemailaddressper
Alertmodule.Ifyouwanttosendanalerttomorethanoneemailaddressyou
needtocreateagroupbesureyouremailserverisconfiguredtosendemailto
groupsviaSMTP(SimpleMessageTransportProtocol).
Followthestepsbelowtosendemailalertsfromyourmeter.Notethatyourmeter
mustsupportemailing(withacorrectlyconfiguredSMTPserver):
1.

CreateanAlertmodule.

2.

ConfiguretheseAlertmodulesetupregistersasindicated:
Messagetypeinthetextofthealerttobeemailed.
Destinationtypeinthedestinationemailaddress.
TypeselectEmail.
ComPortselectEthernet.
Locationtypeinacustomstring;thisisoptional,andappearsintheemail.
EmailFromtypeinanaddressthatyouwanttheemailtoappearfrom.This
mayberequiredassomeSMTPserversonlyacceptemailsfromvalid
addresses.

3.

CreateanIONmodulethatwillproduceapulseonitsTriggeroutputwhenthe
exceptionaleventoccurs(forexample,aSetpointmodulepulsesitsTrigger
outputwhenthesetpointconditionisreached).

4.

LinktheAlertmodulesTriggerinputtotheTriggeroutputofthemodulecreated
instep3.

Sendandsave.WhentheTriggerinputispulsed,theAlertmoduleestablishes
communicationswiththeSMTPmailserver,andemailsthealertmessage.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 197

Chapter 18 - Alerting

Page 198

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

19

Setpoints
Thischapterprovidesinstructionsforconfiguringmetersetpoints.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Configuring Setpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 200
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 200
UsingVista ..................................................... 200
RelativeSetpointModuleSettings ..................................... 201
FineTuningOverConditionMonitoring ............................ 201

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 199

Chapter 19 - Setpoints

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
TheRelativeSetpointmoduleprovidesextensivecontrol,secondaryprotection,
andanalysiscapabilitiesbyallowingyoutoinitiateanactioninresponsetoa
specificcondition.Itisparticularlyusefulforperformingactionsbasedon
differencesbetweenavalue(e.g.kWonphaseA)relativetoareferencevalue(e.g.
kWdemandforallthreephases).Usethismodulesoutputsfordemandcontrolof
equipmentoranyotherapplicationsrequiringsetpointactivityrelativetoa
varyingvalue.SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationontheRelativeSetpoint
module.

Configuring Setpoints
UseIONsoftwaretochangeyourmeterssetpoints.

Using the Front Panel


YoucannotconfigureSetpointsusingthefrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


1.

ConnecttoyourmeterinIONSetup,usingAdvancedMode.

2.

ClickontheRelativeSetpointmoduleyouwishtoconfigure.

Using Vista
OpenyourmeterinVista,andclickontheSetpointstab.ClicktheSetupgrouping
object.Usetheswitchestoturnvariousmonitoringonandoff(seecircledbelow).
Clickthenumericboxestoeditconditionsettings.

Page 200

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 19 - Setpoints

Relative Setpoint Module Settings


TheRelativeSetpointmodulesmonitorthefollowingforoverconditions:phase
current,kWdemand,andvoltageunbalance.

Module

Label

Description

Relative Setpoint 1

Over KW sd

When active, this annunciates when the total kW SWDemand exceeds a specified amount.

Relative Setpoint 2

Over I a

When active, this annunciates when the current on phase A exceeds a specified amount.

Relative Setpoint 3

Over I b

When active, this annunciates when the current on phase B exceeds a specified amount.

Relative Setpoint 4

Over I c

When active, this annunciates when the current on phase C exceeds a specified amount.

Relative Setpoint 5

Over V unbal

When active, this annunciates if the voltage unbalance exceeds a specified percentage.

Relative Setpoint 6

Over I 4

When active, this annunciates when I 4 exceeds a specified amount.

Relative Setpoint 7

Over I 5

When active, this annunciates when I 5 exceeds a specified amount.

NOTE
There is usually no need to change any of the Relative Setpoint modules setup registers for normal
operation of the meter.

SeetheIONReferenceformoreinformationontheRelativeSetpointmodule.

Fine Tuning Over Condition Monitoring


Ifyouwanttofinetuneoverconditionmonitoring,theonlysetupregistersyou
shouldchangeareSusUntlONandSusUntlOFF.
SusUntlONdetermineshowlongthemoduleswaitafteranoverconditionis
detectedbeforereportingit.Thisgivesthemonitoredvalueashortperiodto
correctitselfbeforetheeventisregisteredwiththemodulesothatverybriefover
conditionsareignored.Similarly,SusUntlOFFistheamountoftimeanormal
valuemustbepresentbeforethemoduleconsidersnormaloperationtobe
restored.BothSusUntlONandSusUntlOFFvaluesareenteredinseconds(the
defaultvalueforbothis30seconds).

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 201

Chapter 19 - Setpoints

Page 202

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

20

Power Availability
TheION8600metercomespreconfiguredwithapoweravailabilityframework
thatprovidesreliabilitymeasurementsusingnumberofninescalculations.

NOTE
While the Availability Framework is pre-configured, the operation of this framework requires the correct
configuration of the Sag/Swell module according to your meters power supply and operating ranges.
See Sag/Swell Module Configuration on page 206. See also the ION Reference for detailed
descriptions of this module.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Availability on the Meter Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
SampleAvailabilityFrameworkBehaviors(ION8600AandB) ............. 205
Assumptions .................................................... 205
Sag/SwellModuleConfiguration ...................................... 206
ResettingandPausingPowerAvailability............................... 206
Usingthefrontpanel ............................................. 206
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 206
UsingVista ..................................................... 207
PausingAvailability.............................................. 208
Detailed Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Terminology .................................................... 210

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 203

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
Poweravailabilitypredicts,basedonhistoricaldata,theprobabilitythataspecific
powersystemwillbefunctioninginitscorrectstateatsomepointinthefuture.
Theavailabilitycalculationmeasuresthetimethatpowerwasavailableatthe
metersmonitoringpoint.Thisvaluecanbeusedaloneorincorporatedwithother
reliabilitycalculations.
Typically,autilitydistributionsystemprovidesanavailabilityofapproximately
99.9%.Manyapplicationsrequirebetteravailabilitythanthis:upto99.9999%or
better.Atthislevel,thenumberofconsecutiveninesbecomesdifficultto
determineataglance.Highlevelsofavailabilityarecommonlyreferredtoas
NumberofNines:99.9%correspondsto3nines;99.9999%is6nines.
Oncethemeterisinstalled,theavailabilitycalculationsmustberesettoensure
validtimecounts.YoucanresetavailabilitycalculationsusingIONsoftware.You
canalsopauseavailabilitycalculationsformetermaintenanceor
decommissioningpurposes(refertoResettingandPausingPowerAvailability
onpage 206).
Availability Framework - Release History (ION8600)
Firmware
Versions

V310

Release Dates

March, 05

Availability Features

Comments

Arithmetic modules compare the last-stored time before


the meter went down with the time the meter regained
power.
Uptime calculates using a seconds counter and the downtime is added to provide the total uptime.
Disturbance time taken from the Sag/Swell module and
downtime is added separately.
Include meter downtime allows users to ignore planned
outages.
Sag/Swell module in ION8600 meter record an outage
when the blade-powered meter is unpowered.
Diagnostics module records meter outage duration.

Availability implementation
requires no user setup.*

* Requires proper configuration of the Sag/Swell module to record system disturbances.

Page 204

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

Availability on the Meter Front Panel


Thefollowingpoweravailabilityvaluesdisplayonthemetersfrontpanel,andare
viewableintheVistacomponentofIONEnterpriseorIONSetupsoftware:
NumberofNines:thenumberofconsecutiveninesthatappearinthemost
significantdigitsoftheavailabilityvalue(e.g.10onthefrontpanelindicates
10nines:99.99999999).
Availabilityppm:thefractionoftimethatthepowerisavailable,inpartsper
million(ppm).
EvaluationTime(days):thenumberofdaysthathaveelapsedsincethe
calculationwaslastreset.Thisgivesanindicationofthetimeintervalover
whichtheavailabilitycalculationismade.
TheavailabilityframeworkisfoundatthislocationwithinDesigner:Advanced
Setup\PowerQualityFramework\PowerAvailabilityFramework.

Sample Availability Framework Behaviors (ION8600A and B)


Scenario 1: blade powered meter + power system outage
TheSag/Swelltotaldisturbancetimeincludestheoutage.Themeterdowntime
fromthediagnosticsmoduleisaddedtothemeteruptimetoaccountforthetotal
timeofobservation.
Scenario 2: blade powered meter + meter decommissioned
TheSag/Swellmodulelogsthedowntimeasdisturbancetime.Whenthemeter
powersbackup,themeterdowntimefromthediagnosticsmoduleisaddedtothe
meteruptime.
Scenario 3: auxiliary powered meter + power system outage
TheSag/Swelltotaldisturbancetimeincludestheoutage.Themeterneverloses
power,whichmeansthatthereisnometerdowntimeandthemeteruptimeis
equivalenttothetotaltimeofobservation.
Scenario 4: auxiliary powered meter + meter decommissioned
TheSag/Swellmoduledoesnotlogadisturbancetime.Whenthemeterpowers
backup,themeterdowntimefromthediagnosticsmoduleisaddedtothemeter
uptime.

Assumptions
Theabovescenariosassumethat:

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

Theauxiliarypoweredmeterassumedthepowersystemwaswithinspecs
duringameterdowntimeifitdidntdetectadisturbancepriortopowering
down.

2.

TheSag/Swellmoduleisconfiguredcorrectlytomonitorvoltagedisturbances.

3.

TheSaglimitissetabovethevoltagelevelatwhichthemeterstartspowering
down.

Page 205

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

4.

Anauxiliarypoweredmeterisusedforapplicationsthatrequireahighly
accuratemeasurementofpowersystemdowntime.

Sag/Swell Module Configuration


YourmeterspoweravailabilityframeworkrequiresthattheSag/Swellmodulebe
configuredtothelimitsofyourmeterspowersupplyspecification.
Forthemostcurrentspecifications,seetheION8600InstallationGuide.
SeetheION ReferencefordetailedinformationontheoperationoftheSag/Swell
module.
TheANSIC84.11989standardrecommendsaSwelllimitof106%forRangeB
voltagelevels,aswellasaSaglimitof88%forloadvoltagesand92%forthe
serviceentrance.

Resetting and Pausing Power Availability


ThepoweravailabilityframeworkintheION8600BandION8600Ametersallows
theusertopauseorresetitsoperation.Theframeworkcanbepausedandreset
withIONsoftware.

Using the front panel


Youcannotresetavailabilityusingthemetersfrontpanel.

Using ION Setup


WithIONSetupsoftware,youcanresetavailabilitycalculationsbyclickingonthe
buttonlabeled#of9sResetintheVerification>NormalMode>PowerQualitytab.

Page 206

1.

LaunchIONSetupsoftwareanddoubleclicktheSetupAssistant.

2.

ClickontheVerificationsetupscreen,andfromthatscreen,doubleclick
NormalMode.

3.

IntheNormalModescreen,clickthePowerQualitytab.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

4.

InthePowerQualityscreen,clickthebuttonlabeled#of9sResettoreset
availabilitycalculations.Provideapassword(ifrequested),andclickOK.

Using Vista
WithVistasoftware,youcanmanuallyresetavailabilitycalculations.Ameteris
typicallyresetafterinstallationtoensurevalidtimecounts.

AvailabilitycalculationsareresetwiththeRstAvltyStats(ResetAvailability
Statistics)ExternalPulsemodule,whichcanbeaccessedthroughthemetersfront
panelorwithVistasoftware.
Toensurecorrectavailabilitycalculations,donotresetduringaSagorSwell.

NOTE
The Rst Avlty Stats module exists in the ION8600 meter firmware v310 or later.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 207

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Pausing Availability
Theavailabilityframeworkallowsausertotemporarilypausethemeteruptime
counterandignoreanymeterdowntimeanddisturbancetime.Thisallowsauser
todecommissionthemeterwithoutaffectingtheavailabilitystatistics.Availability
statisticsarealsopausedwhentheAvailabilityframeworkisturnedoff.Note
thePauseAvailabilityswitchonthegraphicbelow.

Page 208

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

Detailed Behavior
TheAvailabilityframeworkmeasuresDisturbancetimefromtheSag/Swell
module,UptimefromacountermoduleandmeterDowntimefromthe
Diagnosticsmodule.MeterDowntimeisaddedtotheUptimecounttoprovidethe
totaltimeofobservation.
Themeterusesthreemeasurementswhencalculatingtheavailability:
1.

MeterUptime:thetimethemeterispoweredandactivelymonitoring.The
timeismeasuredbycounting1secondpulsesfromaperiodictimermodule.

2.

MeterDowntime:thistimeismeasuredbythemetersinternalclockandmade
availablethroughthediagnosticsmodule.Thediagnosticsmoduledowntime
registerisupdatedoneachpowerup.Thiscalculationisaccurateacrossasingle
monthboundary:anyadditionalmonthboundariesareassumedtohave30
days.YoumustsettheSaglimitabovetheminimumvoltagelevelspecifictothe
powersupplyandwiringconfigurationofthemeter(seeSag/SwellModule
Configurationonpage 206).Ifthereisnocontrolpowerthenitisassumed
thereisnopoweranywhere,andthistimecountsagainstavailability.
Whenthemeterpowersup,ittakesabout15secondsbeforetheIONmodules
areoperationalagain.Thispoweruptimecountsagainsttheavailability(a
singlepowerupperyearlimitstotalavailabilityto6nines).Iftheapplication
requiresbetterresolutionthanthis,thenaUPSorotherauxiliarypowersupply
forthemetershouldbeconsidered.
Ifthemeterorcontrolpowercircuitistakenoutofserviceformaintenance,you
candisablethemeasurementofmeterdowntimewithIONsoftware;see
PausingAvailabilityonpage 208.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Number of Nines

ppm (% x 10,000)

Downtime (seconds/year)

Downtime per year

90%

3153600

36.5 days

99%

315360

3.7 days

99.9%

31536

8.8 hours

99.99%

3153.6

52.6 minutes

99.999%

315.36

5.3 minutes

99.9999%

31.536

31.5 seconds

99.99999%

3.153599998

3.2 seconds

99.999999%

.3153599998

.32 seconds

99.9999999%

.03153599998

.032 seconds

10

99.99999999%

.003153599998

.0032 seconds

Page 209

Chapter 20 - Power Availability

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

3.

VoltageDisturbanceDuration:thetotalnumberofsecondsthatthevoltagewas
outsidetheenvelopedeterminedbytheSag/Swellmodule.Ifseveralsagsor
swellsoccurduringonesecond,onlythelastonecountstowardthetotal.The
Sag/Swellmodulesettingsmaybeusedtocontrolthevoltagetolerance.Ifthe
Sag/Swellmoduleisnotenabled,novoltagedisturbancesarecounted.

Terminology
Bladepoweredmeter:thepowertorunthemeterisderivedfromtheVoltage
inputterminalsthatareconnectedtothemonitoredsystem.Themeterloses
powerifthemonitoredsystemisdown.
Auxiliarypoweredmeter:Thepowertorunthemeterisderivedfroman
independentpowersource.Themeterremainspoweredwhenthemonitored
systemisdown.
Meteruptime:thetimethemeterispoweredandactivelymonitoring.Thetime
ismeasuredbycounting1secondpulsesfromaperiodictimermodule.
Meterdowntime:thetimethemeterisnotpowered.Thistimeismeasuredby
themetersinternalclockandmadeavailablethroughthediagnosticsmodule.
Thediagnosticsmoduledowntimeregisterisresetatthebeginningofeach
outage.
Availability:theprobabilityoffindingasystemintheoperatingstateatsome
timeintothefuture.Availabilityiscalculatedas:
Availability = Time the power system is operating within specifications
Total time of operation*

Meter uptime - disturbance time


Meter uptime + meter downtime

* Where total time of observation = uptime + meter downtime

Unavailability:calculatedintheframeworkandthenconvertedtonumberof
nines,andAvailabilityinpercentandpartspermillion(ppm):
Unavailability = Time the power system is operating outside specifications
Total time of operation*
=

Disturbance time
Meter uptime + meter downtime

* Where total time of observation = uptime + meter downtime

Page 210

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

21

Reports
Thischapterprovidesinstructionsforviewingvariousmeterreportsandlogs.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Viewing Meter Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
UsingtheFrontPanel ............................................ 212
UsingIONSetup ................................................ 212
UsingVista ..................................................... 214

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 211

Chapter 21 - Reports

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
Accumulatedmetervaluesaresavedinlogs.Theselogsareacquiredbyyour
energymanagementsoftware(IONEnterpriseorthirdparty)andsavedinits
databaseforanalysisandreporting.
TheReportercomponentofIONEnterpriseisadatabasereportingapplicationthat
letsyoudefine,generate,andmanagecomprehensivereportsbasedonthe
informationinyoursystemdatabase.Itprocessesselecteddataandgeneratesa
finishedreportinMicrosoftExcel2000format.
Formoreinformationonreports,seetheReportersectionoftheonlineION
EnterpriseHelp.

Viewing Meter Logs


ViewmeterlogsusingIONsoftwareorthefrontpanel.

Using the Front Panel


Thefrontpanelonlydisplaysrecenthighpriorityevents(EventLog).

PresstheUp/DownbuttonstonavigatetotheEventLog.

Using ION Setup


DisplayvariousmeterlogsorreportsusingtheReportAssistant.

Page 212

1.

OpenIONSetupandconnecttoyourmeter,usingBasicMode.

2.

IntheSetupAssistant,navigatetotheReportsfolder.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 21 - Reports

3.

SelectoneofthelogsorcomparisonsinthelistandclickDisplaytoviewthe
associatedlog.
BelowisanexampleofanEventsLog.

4.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Youcanview,saveorprintthelog.ClickClosetoexit.

Page 213

Chapter 21 - Reports

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Using Vista
OpenyourmeterinVistaandclickonthevarioustabsavailable.Clickagrouping
objecttoviewtheassociatedlogs.ThefollowinglogsareavailableinVista:
Volts/Ampstab:
MeterEvents
Voltage
Current
Power
Frequency/PF
Revenuetab:
RevenueData
PowerQualitytab:
HarmonicsTrending
Transient&Sag/SwellStatisticsCBEMA
Waveforms/SequenceofEvents

Page 214

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

22

Verifying Accuracy
AllION8600metersaretestedandverifiedatthefactoryaccordingtoIEC
(InternationalElectrotechnicalCommission)standards;however,beforeanew
revenuemeterisinstalleditisimportanttoperformafinalaccuracyverification.
IONmetersaredigitalanddonotrequirecalibration,onlyverificationoftheir
accuracy.ThischapteroutlinesaprocedureforaccuracytestingION8600meters.

In this chapter
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
AccuracyStandards .................................................. 216
CurrentRanges...................................................... 216
TestingOverview.................................................... 216
UsingTESTMode ................................................... 217
TestProcedure...................................................... 218
TestSettings ........................................................ 219
LEDpulsersettings .............................................. 219
TestPoints ...................................................... 221

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 215

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Introduction
TherevenueaccurateIONmeterisdigitalandthereforeneedsnoservicing.Itis
testedforaccuracyatthefactoryandremainsaccurateforthelifeofthemeter.In
contrast,electromechanicalmetersneedmechanicaladjustmentbefore
installationandperiodiccalibrationthereafter.Thisprocedureofcalibration
testingisunnecessaryfordigitalmeters.
Digitalmetersrequireaccuracytesting,orverificationtoensurethemetermeets
requiredaccuracyspecification.Ifyouknowyourmeteriswithinrequired
accuracyspecificationbeforeinstallation,errorsobservedinthefieldcouldbe
attributedtoincorrectconnectionsorinstrumenttransformerratiosettings.

Accuracy Standards
Themeterconformstothefollowingaccuracystandards:
IEC606871A0.2S
IEC606875A0.2S
ANSIC12.20Class200.2
ANSICl12.20Class2/100.2.
Accuracymeasurementsintherangeof10mAto20A.

Current Ranges
Themetermeetsthefollowingcurrentranges:
CompatiblewithCTsintherangeof10mAto20A
Overrangecurrentof24A
Startingcurrentof1mA.

DANGER
During normal operation of the meter, hazardous voltages are present which can cause severe injury or
death. These voltages are present on the terminal strips of the device and throughout the connected
potential transformer (PT), current transformer (CT), status input, relay, and control power circuits. Only
qualified, properly trained personnel should perform installation and servicing.

Testing Overview
Themostcommonmethodfortestingmetersistoinjectvoltageandcurrentfrom
astablepowersourceincombinationwithareferencemeter.Althoughmeter
shopsusedifferentmethodsfortestingrevenuemeters,mosttestequipment
requirementsaresimilar.Thesectionsbelowprovideanoverviewandsometest
equipmentguidelinesforverifyingtheaccuracyofyourION8600.

Page 216

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

Test socket
Atestsocketisaconvenientmountingdevicethatfitssockettypemeters.Ensure
thatthetestsocketforthemeterorthemountingdeviceiswiredproperly.The
currentandvoltagetransformersmustbeaccuratelyratedandmustperform
withinspecificationstoprovideaccurateresults.
Power source
Itisimportanttohaveasteadypowersource.Powerthatenergizesthemeterfrom
thesocketmustbereliableandprovide:theratedvoltageofthemeter,unitypower
factor(1)andlaggingpowerfactorof0.0(forVARhtesting)or0.5.
Test loads
Therearethreemethodsofcurrentloading:customersload(ameterinservice),
resistanceload(characteristicssimilartoalightingload),phantomloading(atest
board).Yourtestloaddeviceorotherloadingcircuitmustbesetwithinthecurrent
capacityrangesforthemeter.Theprocedureoutlinedinthistechnicalnote
describesverificationusingaphantomloadortestboard.
Control equipment
Controlequipmentisrequiredforcountingandtimingthepulseoutputs
(revolutions)fromthefrontpanelLEDs.Moststandardtestbencheshaveanarm
withinfraredsensorsusedforthispurpose.
Environment
Themetershouldbetestedatthesametemperatureasthetestingequipment.The
idealtemperatureisabout22oC(72oF).Ensurethemeteriswarmedupsufficiently
beforetesting.

NOTE
Ensure the accuracy and precision of any measurement equipment you use (i.e. voltmeters, ammeters,
power factor meters).

Using TEST Mode


WhenthemeterisinTESTmodeitdoesnotaccumulatebillablequantities.Thetest
measurementscollectedbythemeteraresenttodifferentregisterssothatthe
billingquantitiesarenotchanged.

NOTE
If you have a hardware-locked meter you must remove the cover and manually press the TEST mode
button. If your meter is not hardware-locked you can use ION Setup software to place the meter in TEST
mode.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Page 217

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

WhenyouexitTESTmodealltestmeasurementsareresettozero.Thevalues
shownontheTESTmodedisplayscreensinclude:
Values

Description

kWh del T, kWh rec T

Test values of kWh delivered and kWh received

kVAR del T, kVARh rec T

Test values of kVARh delivered and kVARh received

kVAh del T, kVAh rec T

Test values of kVAh delivered and kVAh received

kW SD del T, kW SD rec T

Instantaneous Rolling Block (Sliding Window)


Demand delivered and received

Test Procedure
Thefollowingareguidelinesfortestingthemeter.Yourmetershopmayhave
specifictestingmethods:
1.

Placethemeterintothetestsocketorotherstandardmeasuringdevice.Ifyou
arenotusingapluginsocket,ensureallvoltagesareinparallelwiththemeter
beingtestedandallcurrentsareinseries.

2.

Connectthecontrolequipmentusedforswitchingthevoltagetothetest
standarddevice.

3.

Connectthecontrolequipmentusedforcountingthestandardoutputpulses.

4.

Applytheratedcurrentandvoltagetotheterminalsofthemeter.

5.

Beforeperformingtheverificationtest,letthetestequipmentpowerupthe
meter;applyvoltageforatleast20seconds.Thewarmupallowstheinternal
circuityandcapacitorstostabilize.

6.

YoumaychoosetoplacethemeterinTESTmode.Thisallowsthemetertoenter
thefieldwithnoWhvaluesintheregisters.Ifyouareperformingfieldtesting,
putthemeterinTESTmodetoavoidincorrectcustomerbilling.

7.

Aligntheinfraredsensoronthestandardtestbencharmatureoverthe
appropriatefrontpanelLEDpulser.

TIP
If the outer cover is still on the meter, align the meter sensor slightly off-perpendicular to the LEDs. This
reduces reflections from the outer cover.

Page 218

8.

Performtestingonthetestpoints(WatthourtestpointsandVARhour
pointsonpage 221).

9.

Runeachtestpointforatleastfivesecondstoallowthetestbenchequipmentto
readanadequatenumberofpulses.Allowthreesecondsofdwelltimebetween
testpoints.

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

Test Settings
Whentestingthemeter,ensurethetestparametersaresuitedtoyourtesting
methods.YoumayneedtoadjustthefrontpanelLEDpulserateandthetestmode
timeout.

NOTE
If the maximum pulse rate is exceeded the WATT LED remains on (does not blink).

LED pulser settings


ThetwoLEDsonthefrontpanelarepreconfiguredforenergypulsing.The
adjacentsmallerinfraredoutputsareconnectedtotheLEDsandpulseatthesame
rate.YoumayneedtoincreasetheKtvalueiftheLEDdoesnotpulse.
Changing the LED pulse rate from the Front Panel
YoucannotchangetheLEDpulseratefromthemetersfrontpanel.
Changing the LED pulse rate in ION Setup
1.

OpentheSetupAssistantinIONSetup.

2.

SelecttheLEDPulsingscreen.

3.

EditthekWhandkVARhvaluesasdesired.

Changing the LED pulse rate in Designer

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1.

OpenthemeterusingDesignersoftwareanddoubleclickthePulseFrequency
folderinEnergyPulsingSetup.

2.

RightclicktheCalibrationPulsermoduleyouwanttomodify.

3.

Doubleclicktheregisteryouwant,makeyourchangeandclickOK.

4.

ClicktheSaveicon(orchooseSend&SavefromtheFilemenu).

Page 219

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Thevalueentereddefineshowmuchenergythemoduleaccumulatesbeforea
pulseissenttothehardwarechannel.ThefrontpanelWATTandVARLEDsare
factorysettothesamepulserate.ThedefaultKtvalueisshownonthefrontpanel
labeloftheION8600meteranddependsontheFormFactorthatthemeter
services.
Thepulseratesaresummarizedbelow:
Form Factor

Page 220

Default pulse rate for WATT LED

Default pulse rate for VAR LED (Kt)

9S, 39S, 36S,


76S meters

1.8 Watts per pulse

1.8 VARs per pulse

35S meters

1.2 Watts per pulse

1.2 VARs per pulse

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

Test Points
NOTE
It is recommended that you test the ION8600 meter at Full and Light Loads.

Watt-hour test points


Rated test
current is
found on
the
meters
front
panel.

ItiscommonpracticetotesttheseWatthourtestpoints:
WATT
WATT

Watt-hour Test Point

TA
CA
Kt
Freq
CL
FM

2.5
0.2
1.8
60
20
9S
V~ 120
-277
W 4WY

Specifications

Full Load

100% of the rated current, test voltage and rated frequency at unity
power factor, or one (1).1

Light Load

10% of the rated current, test voltage and rated frequency at unity
power factor, or one (1).

Lagging Power Factor

100% of the rated current, test voltage and rated frequency at 0.50
lagging power factor (current lagging voltage by 60o phase angle).

The rated test current is found on the ION8600 meter front panel label.

VAR-hour points
ItiscommonpracticetotesttheseVARhourtestpoints:
VAR-hour Test Point

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Specifications

Full Load

100% of the rated current, test voltage and rated frequency at unity
power factor, or one (1).1

Light Load

10% of the rated current, test voltage and rated frequency at unity
power factor, or one (1).

The rated test current is found on the ION8600 meter front panel label.

Page 221

Chapter 22 - Verifying Accuracy

Page 222

PowerLogic ION8600 User Guide

2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

A
alarmserver194
configuring195
remotesiteeventnotification195
alerting
viaalphanumericpager196
viaemail197
vianumericpager196
alphanumericpageralerts196
altmode
displayscreens172
switchingto27
timeofusescreens173
analoginputs133
AnalogOutputmodule133
analogoutputs133

B
basicsetup
frontpanelmenu32
beforeyoucanusethisguide17
buswiring80

C
CalibrationPulsermodule130,136
calibrationpulsing131
CalibrationTesting
ControlEquipment217
Environment217
TestLoads217
TestSocket217
CBEMA/ITIC163,164
changes
confirming31
clock
configuration112
Clockmodule112
communications
directlytometer87
communicationscard74
configuringleadingzeros169
configuringparametertitles170
configuringthemeterforModemGate92
connections
RS23278
CTR21compliantmodem89
current
harmonics173

D
data
historicallogging145
datalogging
viewing148

daylightsavingstime113
defaultlogging144
demandforgiveness121
demandresetswitch21
DigitalInputmodule132
DigitalOutputmodule130
digitaloutputs130
displaysetup
menu37
displays
disksimulator26
displayscreens171
histogram25
nameplate25
numeric24
phasor26
statusbar24
timeanddate26
timestamped26
types24

E
emailalerts197
EN50160
logging148
energydemandlog147
energypulsingwithLEDs139
EtherGate85
EthernetCommunicationsmodule83
ethernetsetup35
event
eventlogdisplays172
EventLogandNameplateDisplays25
EventLogControllermodule149
eventlogging149
displaying150
eventpriority149
externalIONevents149

F
factoryinformation160
features
frontpanel20
flashmemory144
formatsetupmenu37
frontpanel
accessingthesetupmenu29
adjustingcontrast20
comportssetup33
configuringleadingzeros169
configuringparametertitles170
configuringthemeterwith29
demandresetswitch21
displaysetup37

ethernetsetup35
formatsetup37
LEDpulsers21
masterresetbutton22
modifyingpassword38
navigationbuttons21
opticalport21
securitysetup38
TESTmodebutton23
viewingnumberofninesdata205
webconfig39
frontpanelfeatures20

G
gettingmoreinformation17
Grayhill127

H
harmonics173
logs146
histogramdisplays25
histograms
frontpanel173
historicdatalog145

I
I/OExpander127
instantaneousmeasurements173
internalmodem88
IONEnterprise
reporting147
IONsoftware
alertingviaalarmserver194

L
LEDpulsers21
LEDs138
logging
changinglogdepths144
changinglogfrequency144
default144
defaultconfiguration145
EN50160148
historicaldata145
losslog145
recordingcapacity151
sag/swell147
timeofuse146
transient147
losslog145

M
MainsSignallingEvaluationmodule162
manualsymbols15
manualterminology16
masterresetbutton
locationof22
parametersaffected22
modem
internal88

ModemGate
configuringthemeterfor92
modesofoperation27
altmode27
normmode27
testmode28
molexextensioncables76
MV90110,145

N
navigationbuttons21
using31
normmode27
displayscreens171
numberofnines
viewingdata205
numericdisplays24
numericpageralerting196

O
onboarddigitalinputs132
opticalport21
opticalprobe76
outofrangescreen31
overconditionmonitoring201

P
password
changing38
modifyingpasswordsubmenu38
PeriodicTimermodule144
phasordiagramdisplays26
phasordiagrams
frontpanel173
PowerMetermodule48
powerqualitysetup162
Pulsermodule130,136

R
RelativeSetpointmodule200
revenuelog145
RS232
connections78

S
sag/swell
logging147
Sag/Swellmodule163,210
seasons159
security
deviceaccessforIONservices65
disablingviafrontpanel38
modifyingpassword38
securitysetupmenu38
serialcomsettings34
serialconnections77
setup
powerquality162
setupmenu
accessingviafrontpanel29

basic32
comports33
configuring using navigation buttons
31
confirmingchanges31
demandsetup33
networksetup35
returningtopreviousscreen31
serialcomsettings34
SlidingWindowDemandmodule119
statusbar24
switchthemetertoTESTmode175

T
testmode
displaysscreens175
LEDenergypulsing175
switchingto28
timeout182
using217
TESTmodebutton23
TestSettings219
LEDPulserSettings219
VARHourTesting221
WattHourTesting221
TestingProcedure218
ThermalDemandmodule120
TimeofUsemodule158
TOU146
frontpanelscreens173
TOUProgramManager160
transientlogging147
Transientmodule162,164

V
voltage
harmonics173

W
WaveformRecordermodule143

PowerLogic ION8600
User Guide

For further assistance please contact us at:

Schneider Electric
Power Monitoring and Control
2195 Keating Cross Road
Saanichton, BC
Canada V8M 2A5
Tel: 1-250-652-7100
295 Tech Park Drive, Suite 100
Lavergne, TN 37086
USA
Tel: 1-615-287-3400
Electropole (38 EQI)
31, rue Pierre Mends France
F - 38050 Grenoble Cdex 9
Tel : + 33 (0) 4 76 57 60 60

Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by


qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any
consequences arising out of the use of this material.

Getting technical support:


Contact your local Schneider Electric sales representative
for assistance or go to the www.powerlogic.com website.

70002-0265-01
2007 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
05/2007

Anda mungkin juga menyukai